UC-NRLF 


A  PARTIAL  INDEX 

TO 


By  CHARLES  S*  PLUMB 


LIBRARY 

OF  THE 

UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA. 


2.5074- 

Class       L  7 


A  Partial  Index 


TO 


Animal   Husbandry 
Literature 


By  CHARLES  S,  PLUMB 


Professor  of  Animal  Husbandry  in  the  College  of  Agriculture 
of  the  Ohio  State  University 


COLUMBUS,  OHIO 
Published  by  the  Author 

1911 


BOOKS  WRITTEN  BY  CHARLES  S.  PLUMB. 

A  Biographical  Directory  of  American  Agricultural  Scientists 
Edited  and  published  at  Knoxville,  Tenn,  1889.     pp.  100. 
Flexible  cloth.     The  supply  of  these  is  exhausted. 

Indian  Corn  Culture 

Chicago:   The   Breeders'   Gazette   Print;   cloth;   1895.     pp.   243; 
figs.  63. 

Little  Sketches  of  Famous  Beef  Cattle 

Columbus,  Ohio:  Published  by  the  author;  cloth;  1904.    pp.  99. 

Types  and  Breeds  of  Farm  Animals 

Boston;  Ginn  &  Co.;  cloth;  1906.     pp.  563;  figs.  256. 


This  Volume  Copyrighted  1911 
By  Charles  S,  Plumb 


A  Partial  Index 
to 

Animal  Husbandry  Literature 


By  Charles  S,  Plumb 


INTRODUCTION 


Desiring  to  render  a  service  to  the  student  of  live  stock  hus- 
bandry who  is  in  search  of  literature,  the  writer  has  prepared  this 
bibliography.  It  is  limited  in  the  number  of  titles,  but  many  of  the 
references  are  quite  available,  consequently  the  list  should  be  service- 
able. The  titles  of  many  of  the  books  are  given  in  considerable 
detail,  thus  indicating  the  nature  of  the  contents.  Occasional  brief 
comments  are  made  by  the  writer  on  the  value  and  standing  of  cer- 
tain books,  bulletins  or  articles.  Such  comments  may  assist  one  in 
the  selection  of  present-day  literature  of  the  subject. 

Recognizing  the  fact  that  this  index  is  quite  limited  in  numbers 
of  titles,  that  many  important  ones  are  not  given,  and  that  in  future 
many  more  will  be  published,  this  volume  is  prepared  with  blank 
leaves  between  the  printed  pages,  so  that  those  who  desire  may  at 
their  pleasure  add  other  useful  titles  not  on  the  printed  page. 

I 


81099 


SOME  SPECIAL  SUGGESTIONS  FOR  LIBRARY  WORK. 

Where  one  has  access  to  a  large  general  library,  such  as  is  found 
in  many  cities,  as  well  as  colleges,  the  books  and  periodicals  are 
naturally  classified  to  serve  the  greatest  usefulness.  While  groupings 
of  these  books  will  vary  with  libraries,  these  differences  are  not  of 
enough  importance  to  materially  affect  the  following  suggestions, 
which  are  offered  as  an  aid  to  students  seeking  for  literature.  Not 
to  go  into  too  much  detail,  the  following  classes  of  books  will  be 
found  of  particular  service  in  using  the  library: 

1.  Special  Books  on  Farm  Animals.     Books  of  this  class  as  a 
rule  are  by  specialists  and  should  be  in  libraries  on  the  animal  hus- 
bandry shelves.     Where  the  book  deals  with  one  class,  as  horses,  it 
should    be   grouped   with    horse   volumes.     The   same    applies    to    the 
other  subjects.     In  the  large  public  and  college  libraries,  such  a  clas- 
sification usually  prevails.     If  the  book  is  more  general,  and  covers 
two    or   more    great    classes,    as    horses    and    cattle,    then    it    will    be 
grouped   with    the    general    literature    of    the    subject.     Books    and 
pamphlets   on  breeding  may  be  classed  under  heredity   or  evolution, 
perhaps  under  biology  or  in  the  agricultural   collection.     Works   on 
feeding,  live  stock  management,  the  care  of  animals,  training,  judging, 
markets    or    marketing,    live    stock    reports,    herd    books,    all    strictly 
belong  in   the   agricultural   library  in   the   live   stock   group.     In   this 
group  one  logically  should  first  look  for  the  most  exhaustive  discus- 
sion of  a  subject. 

2.  Live    Stock    Periodicals.     For    many    years    there    have    been 
published  in  America  and  Great  Britain,  current  periodicals  devoted 
very  largely  to  improved   live   stock  and  to  the   live  stock  markets. 
Some  of  these  periodicals  are  no  longer  active  publications,  but  con- 
tain valuable  reference  matter.     Sets  or  bound  volumes  of  this  kind 
are  too  rarely  found  in  libraries.     A   complete   set  of   the    Breeders' 
Gazette  or  the  Live  Stock  Journal  (London),  is  in  itself  a  cyclopedia 
of  general  information  on  farm  animals.     Specialists  in  certain  classes 
of    stock    will    find   well-established   periodicals    devoted    to    some    of 
them,  as  for  example  the  American  Sheep  Breeder  or  the  Shepherds' 
Journal  for  sheep;  the  American   Swineherd  or  the   Swine-Breeders' 
Journal  for  swine;  and  the  Horse  Journal,  the  Horse  Review  or  the 
Western  Horseman  for  horses.     Even  some  of  the  breeds  have  peri- 
odicals devoted  to  special  interests,  as  the  Jersey  Bulletin  for  Jersey 
cattle,  or  the  Holstein-Friesian  Register  for  cattle  of  this  breed.     In 
this  connection  the  live  stock  markets  also  are  represented  by  daily 
live  stock  journals,  such  periodicals  being  published  in  the  principal 
markets   of   America.     The   larger,   better-supported   agricultural    col- 
lege or  state  university  libraries,  keep  these  periodicals  in  bound  form 
on  their  shelves. 

3.  Agricultural   Periodicals.    The    oldest   periodicals   devoted   to 
the  farm  were  established  in  the  United  States  a  trifle  over  one  hundred 
years   ago.     Since   that   time    publications    of   this    class    have    grown 
greatly  in  numbers,  until  today  they  may  be   counted   by  hundreds. 

2 


Some  of  the  older  ones,  that  have  been  continued  down  through 
today,  perhaps  under  a  different  name,  contain  much  of  historical 
value  on  live  stock.  The  bound  volumes  of  the  "Albany  Cultivator," 
now  the  "Country  Gentleman,"  of  the  "American  Agriculturist,"  the 
old  "Ohio  Cultivator,"  now  the  "Ohio  Farmer,"  and  others,  are 
veritable  mines  of  information.  The  long-continued  years  of  publica- 
tion of  the  "Country  Gentleman"  and  "American  Agriculturist,"  with 
able  corps  of  contributors,  make  these  two  publications  of  much  value 
in  historical  study. 

4.  United    States    Department    of    Agriculture    Publications.     A 
large   number   of   reports   on   live   stock   topics   have    been    published 
by  the  United   States   Department  of  Agriculture,   notably  from   the 
Bureau   of  Animal   Industry,   the   Dairy   Division,   and   the    Office    of 
Experiment   Stations.     In   1900  the   Department  published  "an   index 
to   literature   relating  to  animal   industry  in   the   publications    of   the 
Department  of  Agriculture,  1837  to  1898."     This  should  be  available 
in    many    agricultural    libraries.     The    Division    of    Publications    also 
publishes  from  time  to  time  lists,  for  free  distribution,  of  the  Depart- 
ment publications,  in  which  the  titles,  names  of  authors,  dates  of  issue 
and  cost  are  given.     Indexes  have  also  been  published  of  the  contents 
of    the    Department    annual    reports    and    year    books,    etc.     Persons 
wishing  to  look  up  subjects  should  secure  information,  if  need  be,  by 
addressing  the  Division  of  Publications. 

5.  Experiment    Station    Reports    and    Bulletins.     An    immense 
amount  of  literature  has  been  published  by  the  various  agricultural 
experiment  stations  in  the  several  states,  giving  details  of  live  stock 
investigations,  or  reporting  on  some  phase  of  animal  husbandry.     The 
more   important   of   these   are   listed   in   this    bibliography.     Many   of 
these  may  be  obtained  of  the  stations  publishing  them,  if  they  have 
duplicates  in  stock,  and  should  be  secured  free  on  application.     Lists 
of  bulletins,  and  reports  for  distribution,  are  sent  on  application  by 
many   stations.     Many    of   these    publications   are   very   valuable    and 
are  worthy  of  careful  study.     In  this  class  should  be  listed  the  publi- 
cations of  the   Office   of   Experiment   Stations   of  the   United   States 
Department    of    Agriculture.     This    includes    the    valuable    monthly 
"Experiment  Station  Record,"  which  has  been  published  since  1899, 
and    the    special    reports    of   this    office    and    the    Farmers'    Bulletins. 
Information  concerning  these  may  be  obtained  from  the  Division  of 
Publications.     The  "Experiment  Station  Record"  may  be  secured  as 
a  current  periodical  for  $1.50  a  year,  through  the   Division  of  Pub- 
lications.    Farmers'   Bulletins  are  free   documents  for  universal  dis- 
tribution. 

6.  State  Agricultural  and  Live  Stock  Reports.    Nearly  all  of  the 
older  states  have  for  many  years  published  board  of  agriculture,  or 
agricultural  commission  reports.     The  reports  of  some  states,  such 
as    Massachusetts,    Pennsylvania,    Ohio,    Illinois,    Kansas,    etc.,    have 
contained  notable  live-stock  contributions.     The  student  of  the  animal 
industry  of  a  state  should  certainly  turn  to  these   state  documents, 
securing  access  to  the  entire  file  if  possible.     Some  states  have  pub- 

3 


lished,  through  live-stock  associations,  state  live-stock  reports. 
These  number  but  few,  however,  and  contain  but  little  in  the  way  of 
contributions  to  live  stock  literature.  The  National  Live  Stock 
Association  published  a  number  of  volumes  of  importance  during  the 
life  of  that  organization.  Other  miscellaneous  organizations  have 
also  published  material  of  interest  to  animal  husbandry  students,  such 
as  reports  of  state  dairy  associations,  etc. 

7.  Herd,  Flock,  and  Stud  Books.     The  different  associations  en- 
gaged in  registering  pure-bred  live  stock,  publish  from'  time  to  time 
volumes  that  contain  more  or  less  information  of  importance  besides 
the  names  and  breeding  of  animals.     Valuable  historical  information 
on  the  breeds  has  appeared  in  the  herd  books.     If  one  is  studying  the 
family  blood  lines,  the  herd  books  are  indispensable.     Since  the  ap- 
pearance, in  1822,  of  the  Coates'  Herd  Book  for  registering  Shorthorn 
cattle  in  England,  a  large  number  of  volumes  representing  different 
breeds  have  appeared.     Most  agricultural  colleges  possess  collections 
of  such  works,  and  the  student  will  find  them  of  value  in  breed  study, 
and  in  working  out  problems  in  heredity. 

8.  Current  Magazines.     The  popular  magazines  of  the  day  con- 
tain more  or  less  of  contributions  on  agricultural  subjects,  including 
live  stock.     "Harper's  Monthly,"  "The  Century  Magazine,"  "Monthly 
Review  of  Reviews,"  "Scribner's  Magazine"  and  many  others  publish 
articles  of  interest  to   students.     Some  of   these  are  by   well-known, 
reliable  writers,  while  others  are  by  men  not  qualified  to  write  intelli- 
gently on  the   subjects  over  their  names.     Magazines   like  "Popular 
Science  Monthly,"  "Science,"  and  "Nature,"  have  a  class  of  contribu- 
tions that  may  very  generally  be  regarded  as  reliable  in  authorship. 

9.  Index   Literature.     An    invaluable    aid   to    library    research    is 
found  in  those  volumes  which   contain   the  titles   to   a  very   general 
and  wide  range   of  literature.     There   are   special   subject   indexes   to 
books,  to  periodicals  and  to  miscellaney.     Examples  of  these  are  set 
forth    in   the   following   titles.     If    one    wishes   to   look    up    a    special 
article,  as  for  example  regarding  cattle,  the  subject  index  may  give 
him  valuable  assistances  if  he  cannot  find  what  he  wishes  elsewhere. 

Following  are  examples  of  subject  indexes  to  volumes: 

(a)  Circular  31.     Office  of  Experiment  Stations,  U.  S.  Dept.  of 
Agriculture.     "Some  Books  on  Agriculture  and  Agricultural  Science. 
Published  between  1893  and  1896  —  also  supplement  1896-98." 

(b)  Subject  index  of  the  Modern  Works  added  to  the   Library 
of  the  British  Museum  in  the  years  1881-1900.     3  vols.     The  subjects 
are  alphabetically  arranged,  as   Cattle,   Caucasus,  etc.     For  example, 
under    Cattle    we    have,    "Armatage,    G.     Cattle:    Their    varieties    and 
management,  pp.  239,  London,  1893,  8. 

(c)  American   Library  Association.     Annotated   lists.     Guide    to 
the   Study  and  Use  of   Reference   Books.     By  Alice    B.    Kroeger.     A 
manual  for  librarians,  teachers  and  students.     Contains  a  "Suggestive 
list  of  100  reference  books." 

(d)  Poole's  Index  to  Periodical  Literature.     In  the  first  volume, 
published  in  1896,  and  four  supplements,  427  periodicals  are  indexed, 

4 


comprising  10,881  volumes.  The  first  five  volumes  contain  3.677 
pages  with  references  to  about  520,000  articles.  Examples  from 
Poole's  Index: 

Cattle  Breeding,  for  Amateurs. 

F.  S.  Peer,  Outing,  vol.  38,  p.  164. 
Cattle  Industry,  Modern  Methods  in 

C.  M.  Harger,  Outlook,  vol.  72,  p.  39. 

(e)  Reader's   Guide  to  Periodical  Literature.     Vol.  1,  1900-1904, 
contains   over   1,600  pages.     Contains   32   articles    under    Cattle.     Ex- 
ample: 

Why  the  Price  of  Beef  Is  High. 

G.  W.  Ogden,  World's  Work,  IV,  2179-81,  June,  1902. 

(f)  Library  Index  to  Periodicals  and  Current  Events.     Sixty-six 
periodicals  indexed. 

Reference  Works  on  Miscellaneous  Indexing. 

(g)  Catalogue    of    Public    Documents.     Alphabetically    indexed. 
Vol.   for   56th   congress.     Over   fifty   titles   on   cattle.     Contains   both 
subject  and  author's  index  of  each  Department.     Published  by  Supt. 
of  Documents  of  Government  Printing  House,  Washington,  D.   C. 

(h)     Catalogue  of  Government  Publications.     1774-1881. 

(i)  Index  to  the  Annual  Reports  of  the  United  States  Depart- 
ment of  Agriculture,  for  the  years  1837-1893  inclusive.  Subject  index 
of  252  pages.  Also  supplement.  Published  by  United  States  Depart- 
ment of  Agriculture,  Division  of  Publications. 

(j)  List  of  Publications  of  United  States  Department  of  Agricul- 
ture from  1841-1895  inclusive.  United  States  Department  of  Agri- 
culture, Library  Division. 

In  addition  to  the  above  reference  books,  still  others  are  pub- 
lished of  which  the  reader  may  learn  through  various  sources,  more 
especially  dealers  in  books  on  a  commercially  large  scale,  or  from 
librarians. 

It  is  hoped  there  is  enough  of  suggestion  in  the  preceding  pages 
to  assist  somewhat  in  extending  the  field  of  knowledge  of  those  who 
are  reaching  out  for  desired  information. 


Beef  Productions 

Angus   and   Shorthorn   feeding   experiment.     By   James   Wilson   and 

C.  F.   Curtiss.     Pull.  28,  Iowa  Station,  1895,  pp.  157-172. 
Baby  beef.     By  H.  M.  Cottrell,  J.  G.  Haney  and  O.  H.  Elling.     Bull. 

•  113,  Kansas  Station,  June,  1902,  pp.  39-49. 

Baby  beef.     By  Ernest  G.  Ritzman.     Circular  105,  Bureau  of  Animal 
7     Industry,   U.   S.   Dept.   of  Agr.,  pp.   34,   figs.   6.     Reprinted   from 

22nd  Annual   Report   Bureau  of  Animal  Industry  (1905). 
Beef  and  pork  production.    The  feeding  value  of  speltz  in.     By  James 
W.  Wilson  and  H.  G.  Skinner.     Bull.  100,  South  Dak.  Agr.  Exp. 
'      Station,  Jan.,  1907,  pp.  116-129,  plate  I. 
Beef   and   bullocks.     By    A.    B.    Allen.     Harper's    Magazine,    vol.    61,- 

1880,  pp.   93-97. 
Beef  cattle.     By  W.  L.  Hutchinson  and  E.  R.  Lloyd.     Bull.  76,  Miss. 

/     Agr.  Exp.  Station,  June,  1902,  pp.  24,  figs,  numerous. 
Beef  cattle,  Finishing.     By  Andrew  M.  Soule,  John  R.  Fain  and  Mil- 
ton   P.   Jarnagin.      Bull.    173,   Virginia    Agr.    Exp.    Station,   Aug., 
1  1907,   pp.   95-122,  figs.   3*. 

Beef  cattle  in  Mississippi,  Feeding.     By  Archibald  Smith  and  Charles 
,     I.   Bray.     Bull.   92,   Miss.   Agr.   Exp.    Station,   Aug.,   1905,  pp.   24, 

figs.  10. 
Beef,  Experiments  in  feeding  for.     By  C.  E.  Thome  and  J.  Fremont 

•  Hickman.     Bull.  No.  60,  Ohio  Exp.  Station,  Aug.,  1895,  pp.  56. 
Beef  industry  in  Michigan.     By  R.  S  Shaw,     Extension  Bull.  8,  Mich. 

State  Grange,  Oct.,  1904,  pp.  14. 

Beef  making,  Silage,  hay  and  stover  in.     By  Andrew  M.  Soule  and 
,  John  R.  Fain.     Bull.  157,  Virginia  Station,  Sept.,  1905,  pp.  35-64, 
,    figs.   11. 

Beef  production.  By  L.  H.  Kerrick.  Bull.  1,  Indiana  Live  Stock 
Breeders'  Assn.,  Jan.,  1907,  pp.  4. 

Beef  production.  By  Herbert  W.  Mumford,  Urbana,  111.  Published 
by  the  author;  cloth;  1907;  pp.  209;  illustrated.  A  desirable 
volume  for  the  student. 

Beef  production.     By  J.  H.  Skinner  and  W.  A.  Cochel.     Circular  12, 
•?     Purdue  Univ.  Agr.   Exp.   Station,  May,  1908,   pp.  32.     II.     Meth- 
ods of  beef  production  in  Indiana. 

Beef  production.     By  J.  H.  Skinner  and  W.  A.  Cochel.     Circular  14, 
?     Purdue  Univ.  Agr.  Exp.  Station,  July,  1908,  pp.  23,  figs.  22.     III. 
Factors  influencing  the  value  and  cost  of  feeders. 

Beef  production.  Experiments  in.  By  Will  H.  Ogilvie.  Bull.  79, 
Iowa  Agr.  Exp.  Station,  (Popular  Edition),  Sept.,  1904,  pp.  264- 
279.  1,  Light,  medium  and  heavy  grain  rations.  2,  Acclimation 
test  (Southern  vs.  Western  cattle).  3,  Supplementary  feed  tests. 

Beef  production.  Experiment  in.  By  W.  J.  Kennedy,  Wayne  Dins- 
more,  W.  J.  Rutherford  and  W.  W.  Smith.  Bull.  81,  Iowa  Agr. 
Exp.  Station,  April,  1905,  pp.  337-372,  figs.  25.  Includes  reports 
on,  1,  feeding  beef  vs.  dairy  type;  2,  the  slaughter  test;  3,  the 
meat  demonstration. 

6 


Beef  production,  Some  essentials  in.     By  Charles  F.  Curtiss.     Farm- 
ers' Bulletin  No.  71,  U.  S.  Dept.  Agric.,  1898,  pp.  24,  figs.  17. 
Beef  production,  Limitations  of  baby.     By  H.  J.  Waters.     Reprinted 

from  30th  Ann.  Kept.  Mo.  State  Bd.  of  Agric.,  1907,  pp.  54,  figs.  9. 
Beef  production,  Western  feeds  for.     By  J.  G.  Haney,  O.   H.   Elling 

and  Geo.  K.  Helder.     Bull.  132,  Kansas  Agr.  Exp.   Station,  Jan., 

1906,  pp.  10-52,  plates  ix. 
Beef,  Speltz  and  millet  for  the  production  of  baby.     By  James   W. 

Wilson  and  H.  G.  Skinner.     Bull.  97,  South  Dak.  Agr.  Exp.  Sta- 
tion,  May,   1906,   pp.   59-74,   figs.    8. 
Beet  pulp  for  fattening  steers,  Dried.     By   R.   S.   Shaw  and   H.   W. 

Norton,  Jr.     Bull.  247,   Mich.  Agr.   Exp.   Station,  June,   1907,   pp. 

153-165. 
Beet  pulp  to  steers  and  sheep,  Feeding.     By  R.  W.  Clark.     Bull.  No. 

82,  Utah  Exp.  Station,  July,  1903,  pp.  4. 

Bran  in  fattening  store  cattle.     By  William  Brown.     Bull.  XIII,  On- 
tario Agr.  College.  June  29,  1887,  pp.  6. 
Breeds,  Feeding   grade   steers   of   different.     By   Thomas    Shaw   and 

C.   A.   Zavitz.     Bull.    LXX,   Ontario   Agr.    College,   Dec.   1,   1891, 

pp.   10. 
Breeds,  Feeding  steers  of  different.     By  Samuel  Johnson.     Bull.   24, 

Mich.    Agr.    College,    March    18,    1887,    pp.    8.     Also    Bulletin    30, 

Nov.   1,  1887,  and  No.  44,  Jan.,  1889,  pp.  29. 
Breeds,    Feeding    steers    of    different.     By    E.    Davenport.     Bull.    69, 

Mich.   Experiment  Station,  Nov.,  1890,  pp.   15. 
Calves  and  steers,  Feeding  experiments  with,  conducted  1883-93.     By 

W.    A.    Henry.     Tenth    annual    report    Wisconsin    Station,    1893. 

pp.  55-63. 
Cassava  as  food  for  pigs   and  beef  cattle.     By   H.    E.    Stockbridge. 

Bull.  No.  49,  Florida  Exp.  Station,  March,  1899. 
Cattle  and  pigs,  Feeding  experiments  with.     By  E.  A.   Burnett  and 

H.    R.    Smith.     Bull.    No.    75,    Nebraska    Exp.    Station,    vol.    XV. 

pp.  38. 
Cattle  feeding  experiment  No.  2.     By  F.  A.  Gulley  and  J.  W.  Carson. 

Bull.   10,  Texas   Station,  May,  1890,  pp.  31.     Reports   on  feeding 

various    materials,   including    cottonseed,    cottonseed    meal,    hulls, 

etc. 
Cattle   feeding    experiment:     Roughness    supplementary    to    corn    for 

fattening  two-year-old  range  steers.     By  H.  R.  Smith.     Bull.  90, 

Nebraska  Station,  1905,  pp.  24,  illustrated. 

Cattle  feeding  experiments:  I.  Molasses  for  fattening  cattle.  II. 
Rough  rice  as  a  steer  feed.  III.  Profit  from  different  systems 

of  feeding  cattle.     By  John  A.  Craig  and  F.  R.  Marshall.     Bull. 

86,  Texas  Station,  Sept.,  1906.  pp.  23,  figs.  14. 

Cattle,  Feeding  experiments  with.  By  E.  A.  Burnett  and  H.  R. 
Smith.  Bull.  No.  85,  Nebraska  Station,  vol.  XVII,  pp.  22,  figs.  5. 
Also  Bulletin  90,  pp.  23. 

Cattle  feeding  test.  Results  of  a.  By  W.  J.  Kennedy  and  F.  R. 
Marshall.  Bull.  66,  Iowa  Station,  Aug.,  1902,  pp.  223-255,  illus. 

7 


A  steer-feeding  test,  with  condimental  stock  foods,  flaxseed, 
cottonseed  meal,  corn  by-products,  etc. 

Colorado,  Cattle  feeding  in.  By  W.  W.  Cooke.  Bull.  34,  Colorado 
Station,  May,  1896,  pp.  36. 

Corn  fodder  and  ensilage  in  feeding  yearling  heifers.  Comparative 
value  of.  By  Thos.  F.  Hunt.  Bull.  9,  Illinois  Station,  May,  1890, 
pp.  302-314. 

Cornmeal  and  grass  with  stock  steers.  By  D.  A.  Kent.  Bull.  25, 
Iowa  Station,  1894,  pp.  41-43. 

Cost  of  making  beef  from  dairy  stock:  Will  it  pay  to  raise  the 
calves  of  dairy  cows  for  beef?  By  W.  A.  Henry.  Fourth  annual 
report  Wisconsin  Station  for  1886,  pp.  44-64. 

Ensilage  for  making  beef,  Corn.  By  Thomas  Shaw.  Bull.  XLIX, 
Ontario  Agr.  College,  May  28,  1890,  pp.  6. 

Ensilage  for  steer  feeding.  By  W.  A.  Henry.  Fifth  annual  report 
Wisconsin  Station  for  1887-88,  pp.  63-66. 

Ensilage  for  young  cattle  and  beef  cows.  By  Prof.  F.  J.  Roberts. 
Second  report  Cornell  Exp.  Station,  1882-3,  pp.  7-9. 

Ensilage  in  making  beef,  Corn.  By  Thomas  Shaw  and  C.  A.  Zavitz, 
Bull.  LXXXII,  Ontario  Agr.  College,  Oct.  24,  1892,  pp.  8. 

Fattening  Cattle.  By  J.  H.  Shepperd.  Bull.  33,  North  Dakota  Sta- 
tion, Aug.,  1898,  pp.  281-291. 

Fattening  cattle  for  the  market.  By  H.  J.  Waters.  Bull  76,  Mis- 
souri Agr.  Exp.  Station,  Dec.,  1907,  pp.  141,  illustrated.  I.  A 
study  of  the  most  approved  practices  in  beef  production  in  the 
corn  belt.  II.  A  summary  of  some  of  the  feeding  experiments 
conducted  at  this  station. 

Fattening  cattle,  for  the  years  1904-5.  By  F.  B.  Linfield.  Bull.  58, 
Montana  Agr.  Exp.  Station,  Oct.,  1905,  pp.  57-82. 

Fattening  cattle  on  different  descriptions  of  food.  Experiments  in. 
By  David  McCulloch.  Trans.  High,  and  Ag.  Sos.  of  Scot.,  1853- 
1855,  pp.  65-75. 

Fattening  cattle,  Silage  for.  By  B.  E.  Carmichael.  Bull.  193,  Ohio 
Agr.  Exp.  Station,  May,  1908,  pp.  147-166. 

Fattening  range  steers.  By  Thomas  Shaw.  Annual  report  Minne- 
sota Station  for  1897-98,  pp.  486-509,  illustrated. 

Fattening  range  steers  in  winter.  By  Thomas  Shaw.  Annual  report 
Minnesota  Station,  1898-99,  pp.  21-38. 

Fattening  steers.  By  Thomas  Shaw.  Annual  report  Minnesota  Sta- 
tion, 1901-02,  pp.  225-265.  Reports  on  three  phases  of  feeding: 
1,  fattening  steers  of  different  types;  2,  feeding  steers  for  short 
and  long  periods;  3,  feeding  steers  in  the  stable  and  the  open 
shed. 

Fattening  steers,  Comparison  of  fodder  and  rations  in.  By  G.  E. 
Patrick  and  L.  P.  Smith.  Bull.  6,  Iowa  Station,  Aug.,  1889,  pp. 
205-237. 

Fattening  steers,  Feeds  supplementary  to  corn  for.  By  Herbert  W. 
Mumford.  Bull.  83,  Illinois  Station,  Jan.,  1903,  pp.  541-576. 

Fattening  steers  in  winter.     By  Thomas   Shaw.     Annual   report   for 


1895,  Minnesota  Station,  pp.  255-279. 

Fattening  steers:  Using  cottonseed,  cottonseed  meal,  wheat  meal, 
wheat  straw  and  hay.  Bull.  No.  58,  Oklahoma  Exp.  Station, 
June,  1903,  pp.  46. 

Fattening  steers  on  barley  and  rejected  wheat.  By  J.  H.  Shepperd 
and  W.  B.  Richards.  Bull.  73,  North  Dak.  Agr.  Exp.  Station, 
Dec.,  1906,  pp.  237-258,  figs.  2. 

Fattening  steers  of  the  various  market  grades.  By  Herbert  W. 
Mumford.  Bull.  90,  Illinois  Station,  Dec.,  1903,  pp.  155-218, 
plates  14. 

Fattening  steers  without  hogs  to  follow.  By  H.  M.  Cottrell  and 
J.  G.  Haney.  Bull.  112,  Kansas  Station,  June,  1902,  pp.  25-38, 
figs.  4. 

Flesh  and  fat  in  beef.  By  D.  H.  Otis.  Bull.  118,  Kansas  Station, 
May,  1903,  pp.  185-212,  figs.  17. 

Housing  of  fattening  cattle,  On  the.  By  W.  J.  Moscrop.  Trans. 
High.  &  Ag.  Soc.  of  Scot.,  1872,  pp.  156-165. 

Minnesota,  Growing  beef  in.  By  Thomas  Shaw.  Annual  report 
Minnesota  Station,  1898-99,  pp.  20,  illustrated. 

Minnesota  steers,  Fattening.  By  Thomas  Shaw.  Annual  report 
Minnesota  Station  for  1897-98,  pp.  469-485,  illustrated. 

Mississippi,  Feeding  beef  cattle  in.  By  Archibald  Smith  and  Chas. 
I.  Bray.  Bull.  92,  Miss.  Station,  Aug.,  1905,  pp.  24,  illus. 

Molasses  for  fattening  cattle.  By  John  A.  Craig  and  F.  R.  Marshall. 
Bull.  86,  Texas  Station,  Sept.,  1906,  pp.  17,  figs.  6. 

Oatmeal  and  wheat  for  store  cattle.  By  Wm.  Brown.  Bull.  XXVI, 
Ontario  Agr.  College,  April  10,  1888,  pp.  6. 

Pasture,  and  of  grain  ration  with  pasture,  for  young  cattle,  Value  of. 
By  G.  E.  Morrow.  Bull.  9,  Illinois  Station,  May,  1890,  pp.  319- 
325. 

Pasture,  Grain  vs.  no  grain  for  steers  on.  By  E.  A.  Burnett.  Bull. 
No.  75,  Nebraska  Exp.  Station,  pp.  5-9,  figs.  2. 

Rations  in  beef  production,  Economical.  By  H.  R.  Smith.  Bull. 
100,  Neb.  Agr.  Exp.  Station,  vol.  xx,  article  i,  Sept.  11,  1907,  pp. 
44,  figs.  10. 

Shelter  and  rations  in  feeding  steers,  Comparison  of.  By  E.  A.  Bur- 
nett. Bull.  No.  75,  Nebraska  Exp.  Station,  pp.  19-23. 

Soiling  steers.  By  J.  W.  Sanborn.  Bull  No.  15,  Utah  Exp.  Station, 
pp.  9. 

Steer  feeding.  By  D.  O.  Nourse.  Bull.  3,  Virginia  Station,  Nov., 
1889,  pp.  10.  Also  Bulletin  10,  June,  1891,  pp.  13;  Bulletin  105, 
Oct.,  1899. 

Steer  feeding.  By  John  M.  Scott.  Bull.  96,  Florida  Agr.  Exp.  Sta- 
tion, Jan.,  1909,  pp.  27-37,  figs.  9. 

Steer  feeding.  By  J.  H.  Skinner  and  W.  A.  Cochel.  Bull.  115,  Pur- 
due Univ.  Agr.  Exp.  Station,  vol.  xiii,  Dec.,  1906,  pp.  309-337, 
figs.  7.  Also  Bull.  129,  vol.  xiv,  Oct.,  1908,  pp.  231-278,  fig.  1. 
Also  Bull.  130,  vol.  xiv,  Nov.,  1908,  pp.  279-301,  fig.  1.  III.  Re- 
sult of  short  vs.  long  feeding  periods.  Also  Bull.  136,  Oct.,  1909, 

9 


pp.  48,  tig.  1:  Part  I.  Influence  of  age  on  the  economy  of  fat- 
tening steers  in  winter.  Part  II.  Corn  silage,  cottonseed  meal 
and  clover  hay  for  fattening  two-year-old  steers.  Part  III.  Re- 
sults of  short  vs.  long  feeding  periods. 

Steer  feeding.  By  J.  J.  Vernon  and  J.  M.  Scott.  Bull.  57,  New  Mex. 
Agr.  Exp.  Station,  Jan.,  1906,  pp.  14,  plates  II. 

Steer  feeding.  By  James  Wilson  and  C.  F.  Curtiss.  Bull.  20,  Iowa 
Station,  Feb.,  1893,  pp.  639-689. 

Steer  feeding.  By  J.  H.  Connell  and  J.  W.  Carson.  Bull  27,  Texas 
Station,  June,  1893,  pp.  313-321. 

Steer  feeding.  By  J.  H.  Connell  and  J.  W.  Carson.  Bull.  41,  Texas 
Station,  Dec.,  1896,  pp.  877-910.  Contains  a  summary  of  steer 
feeding  experiments  at  this  station  to  date. 

Steer  feeding.  By  D.  O.  Nourse.  Bull.  121,  Virginia  Station,  Feb., 
1901,  pp.  15-19. 

Steer  feeding.  By  A.  A.  Mills.  Bull.  No.  35,  Utah  Exp.  Station, 
pp.  23. 

Steer  feeding,  A  comparison  of  cut  with  uncut  clover.  By  C.  S. 
Plumb.  Bull.  37,  Indiana  Station,  Dec.,  1891,  pp.  139-143. 

Steer  feeding  experiment.  By  C.  C.  Georgeson,  etc.  Bull.  47,  Kansas 
Station,  Aug.,  1894,  pp.  17-31.  On  the  feeding  of  soaked  vs. 
dry  corn. 

Steer  feeding  experiments.  By  Oscar  Erf.  R.  J.  Kinzer  and  Geo.  C. 
Wheeler.  Bull.  130,  Kansas  Station,  April,  1905,  pp.  6,  figs.  2.  A 
test  of  alfalfa  as  roughage,  singly  and  with  other  feeds. 

Steer  feeding  experiments.  By  W.  A.  Henry.  Fifth  annual  report 
Wisconsin  Station  for  1887-88,  pp.  87-92. 

Steer  feeding  experiments.  By  T.  I.  Mairs  and  W.  H.  Tomhave. 
Bull.  88,  Penn.  Agr.  Exp.  Station,  Nov.,  1908,  p?.  20,  fig.  8. 

Steer  feeding  experiments.  By  C.  C.  Georgeson,  F.  Z.  Burtis  and  D.. 
H.  Otis.  Bull  51,  Kansas  Station,  June,  1895,  p,>.  55-85,  plates. 
A  comparison  between  pure  bred  short  horns  ana  scrubs. 

Steer  feeding  experiments.  By  C.  C.  Georgeson,  F.  C.  Burtis  and  D. 
H.  Otis.  Bull.  60,  Kansas  Station,  Sept.,  1896,  pp.  107-146.  Com- 
parison of  balanced  ration  with  ground  corn,  ear  corn  and  feed- 
ing in  open  compared  with  barn  feeding.  Also  bulletin  67,  June, 
1897,  pp.  55-73,  on  the  comparative  merits  of  corn  and  red  and 
white  Kafir  corn  for  steer  feeding. 

Steer  feeding,  Experiments  in.  By  John  A.  Craig  and  F.  R.  Marshall. 
Bull.  76,  Texas  Station,  Nov.,  1904,  pp.  23.  Reports  on  the  fol- 
lowing subjects:  I.  Rice  by-products.  II.  Fodders  for  feeding 
steers  with  cotton  seed  meal.  III.  Molasses  for  steer  feeding. 

IV.  Comparison  of  yearlings  with   two-year-olds   for   fattening. 

V.  Corn  vs.  corn  and  cotton  seed  meal  for  steers  on  pasture. 
Steer  feeding,  Methods  of.     By  G.  C.  Watson  and  M.  S.  McDowell. 

Bull.    No.    53,   Penn.    Exp.    Station,   Sept.    1900,   pp.    8.     Also    see 
bulletins  No.  57,  Nov.,  1901,  pp.  12;  No.  64,'  Oct.,  1903,  pp.  8;  No. 
68,  July,  1904,  pp.  10;  and  No.  74,  Oct.,  1905,  pp.  8. 
Steer  feeding,  Small  grains  and  Clover  hay  for  two-year-old  steers. 

10 


By  R.  W.  Clark.  Bull.  78,  Montana  Agr.  Exp.  Station,  Jan.,  1910, 
pp.  37-48. 

Steer  feeding  to  farm  economics,  The  relation  of.  By  Friend  C. 
Quereau.  Bull.  79,  Tenn.  Agr.  Exp.  Station,  June,  1908,  pp.  28, 
figs.  16. 

Steer  feeding,  Winter.  By  J.  H.  Skinner  and  W.  A.  Cochel.  Bull. 
129,  Purdue  Univ.  Agr.  Exp.  Station,  vol.  xiv,  Oct.,  1908,  pp.  231- 
278,  fig.  1:  Part  I.  The  influence  of  age  on  economy  and  profit 
in  fattening  steers  in  winter.  Part  II.  Corn  silage  as  a  roughage 
in  fattening  two-year-old  steers.  Part  III.  Cotton-seed  meal  as 
a  supplement  in  fattening  two-year-old  steers.  Part  IV.  Tim- 
othy vs.  clover  hay  as  a  roughage  in  fattening  two-year-old 
steers. 

Steers,  Feeding.  By  J.  H.  Connell  and  H.  C.  Kyle.  Bull.  55,  Texas 
Station,  Dec.,  1899,  pp.  131-171.  Steer  feeding  experiments  with 
cotton  seed  and  its  products  as  important  features  of  the  ration. 

Steers,  Digestion  experiments  with.  By  G.  L.  Holter  and  John  Fields. 
Bull.  No.  37,  Oklahoma  Exp.  Station,  April,  1899,  pp.  20.  Mostly 
kafir  corn  experimental  feeding. 

Steers,  Experiments  in  feeding.  By  C.  C.  Georgeson,  F.  C.  Burtis  and 
Wm.  Shelton.  Bull.  34,  Kansas  Station,  Sept.,  1892,  pp.  51-98, 
plates  iv.  Also  bull.  39,  Aug.,  1893,  pp.  50,  plates  iii.  A  compari- 
son of  shelter  vs.  open  lot  and  shed  feeding. 

Steers,  Experiments  in  feeding.  By  D.  H.  Otis.  Bull.  124,  Kansas 
Station,  March,  1904,  pp.  29,  figs.  19.  Experiments  in 
feeding  silage,  alfalfa  hay  and  kafir  corn  to  steers  of  different 
ages. 

Steers,  Experiments  in  feeding  beef.  By  J.  A.  McLean.  Bull.  121, 
Miss.  Agr.  Exp.  Station,  July,  1909,  pp.  12. 

Steers,  Short  fed:  A  comparison  of  methods  of  feeding.  By  Herbert 
W.  Mumford  and  H.  O.  Allison.  Bull.  142,  Illinois  Agr.  Exp. 
Station,  Nov.,  1909,  pp.  563-578s  plates  v. 

Steers  through  the  winter,  Carrying  range.  Sugar  beets  for  fatten- 
ing steers.  By  W.  L.  Carlyle  and  G.  E.  Morton.  Bull  149,  Col- 
orado Agr.  Exp.  Station,  June,  1909,  pp.  15,  figs.  2. 

Western  feeds  for  beef  production.  By  J.  G.  Haney,  O.  H.  Elling 
and  Geo.  K.  Helder.  Bull.  132,  Kansas  Station,  Jan.,  1906,  pp. 
21-52,  plates  ix. 

Wheat  vs.  corn  in  a  ration  for  fattening  steers.  By  E.  A.  Burnett 
and  H.  R.  Smith.  Bull.  No.  75,  Nebraska'  Exp.  Station,  pp.  10-18. 

Wintering  yearling  cattle.  By  H.  J.  Waters.  Bull.  75,  Missouri  Agr. 
Exp.  Station,  April,  1907,  pp.  53.  (a)  Comparison  of  different 
coarse  fodders  when  fed  alone,  and  when  combined  with  a  limit- 
ed grain  ration,  (b)  Influence  of  winter  gains  upon  following 
summer  gains  at  pasture,  (c)  Efficiency  of  rations  as  affected 
by  the  season. 


II 


BREEDS  OF  ANIMALS. 

Breed  test  with  cattle,  sheep  and  hogs.  Fourth  report,  Utah  Exp. 
Station,  1893,  pp.  23-31. 

Breeds,  The  study  of:  A  series  of  lectures  on  the  breeds  of  live 
stock.  By  Thomas  Shaw.  St.  Anthony  Park,  Minnesota,  1897, 
pp.  136,  22  cm.  This  work  later  appeared  in  a  much  revised 
and  improved  forth  in  the  following  volume. 

Breeds  in  America,  The  study  of:  Cattle,  sheep  and  swine.  By 
Thomas  Shaw.  New  York  and  Chicago,  Orange  Judd  Co.,  1900, 
pp.  371,  illustrated,  19  cm.  A  very  systematic  consideration  of 
the  breeds  of  cattle,  sheep  and  swine. 

Breeds  of  British  stock,  The  best.  A  practical  guide  fo.r  farmers  and 
owners  of  live  stock  in  England  and  the  colonies.  By  Professor 
Sheldon,  Gilbert  Murray,  Professor  Maiden,  Alexander  Mac- 
donald,  James  Long,  Thomas  Dykes,  John  Watson  and  C.  Mac- 
Pherson  Grant.  Edited  by  John  Watson.  London:  W.  Thacker 
&  Co.,  1898,  pp.  130,  frontispiece,  22  cm. 

Breeds  of  live  stock,  and  the  Principles  of  Heredity.  By  J.  H.  San- 
ders. Chicago:  J.  H.  Sanders  Publishing  Co.,  1887,  pp.  480,  many 
illustrations  of  animals,  25  cm. 

Breeds  of  the  domestic  animals  of  the  British  Islands,  The.  De- 
scribed by  David  Low.  In  two  volumes.  Vol.  i,  the  horse  and 
the  ox.  Vol.  ii,  sheep,  goats  and  hogs.  London:  Longman, 
Orme,  Brown,  Green  and  Longmans,  1842,  many  plates.  Calf, 
13x18  inches.  This  is  the  most  magnificent  volume  yet  published 
dealing  with  breeds.  There  are  many  very  beautiful  plates  in 
color,  from  drawings  by  Mr.  W.  Nicholson,  R.  S.  A.,  reduced 
from  a  series  of  portraits  from  life,  executed  for  the  agricultural 
museum  of  the  University  of  Edinburgh,  by  Mr.  W.  Shiels.  The 
author,  David  Low,  was  long  Professor  of  Agriculture  in  the 
University  of  Edinburgh,  and  a  leading  authority  in  his  day. 
Bound  copies  of  these  two  volumes  are  extremely  rare,  and  have 
sold  for  as  high  as  $75.00.  The  volume  following  this,  by  Prof. 
Low,  is  a  cheaper  edition  in  one  volume,  containing  much  the 
same  text. 

Cattle,  sheep  and  pigs  of  Great  Britain,  The.  Being  a  series  of  ar- 
ticles on  the  various  breeds  of  the  United  Kingdom,  their  his- 
tory, management,  etc.  Edited  by  John  Coleman,  London; 
Horace  Cox,  1887,  pp.  491,  illustrated,  22  cm. 

Domesticated  animals  of  the  British  Islands,  On  the.  Comprehend- 
ing the  natural  and  economical  history  of  species  and  varieties; 
the  description  of  the  properties  of  external  form;  and  observa- 
tions on  the  principles  and  practice  of  breeding.  By  David  Low. 
London:  Longman,  Brown,  Green  and  Longmans,  n.  d.,  pp. 
767,  illustrated.  Cloth,  6x9  inches.  Published  about  1842.  A 
standard  work  on  British  breeds. 

Farm  live  stock  of  Great  Britain.  By  Robert  Wallace.  Third  edition. 
London:  Crosby  Lockwood  &  Son,  1893,  pp.  350,  plates  75,  maps 

12 


2,  21l/2  cm.  A  brief  discussion  of  breeds  by  the  leading  Scotch 
authority. 

Horses,  cattle,  sheep  and  swine.  Origin,  history,  improvement,  de- 
scription, characteristics,  merits,  objections,  adaptability  south, 
etc.,  of  each  of  the  different  breeds,  with  hints  on  selection, 
care  and  management,  including  methods  of  practical  breeders 
in  the  United  States  and  Canada.  By  George  W.  Curtis,  M.  S.  A. 
Published  by  the  author,  College  Station,  Texas,  1888,  pp.  259, 
many  illustrations.  Cloth,  SxlOJ^  inches. 

Observations  on  live  stock,  containing  hints  for  choosing  and  im- 
proving the  best  breeds  of  the  most  useful  kinds  of  domestic 
animals.  By  George  Culley,  farmer  at  Fenton,  Northumberland. 
Dublin:  Printed  by  P.  Byrne,  1789,  pp.  168.  Half  calf,  5x8^ 
inches.  A  famous  little  book,  one  of  the  first  discussing  British 
breeds. 

Types  and  breeds  of  farm  animals.  By  Charles  S.  Plumb.  Boston: 
Ginn  &  Company,  1906,  cloth,  pp.  x  and  563,  figs.  256.  A  study 
of  recognized  types,  and  of  the  leading  breeds  of  horses,  cattle, 
sheep,  goats  and  swine.  Contains  many  illustrations  of  noted 
animals. 


CATTLE— MISCELLANEOUS. 

Aberdeen  and  Banffshires,  On  the  agriculture  of.  By  James  Black. 
Trans.  High,  and  Agr.  Soc.  Scot.,  1870-71,  pp.  1-36.  Discusses 
polled  cattle  and  shorthorns.  Also  same  subject  by  John  Milne, 
pp.  378-401. 

American  cattle:  Their  history,  breeding  and  management.  By 
Lewis  F.  Allen,  New  York:  Orange  Judd  Co.,  1879,  pp.  528,  il- 
lustrated. Cloth,  5Hx7/^  inches.  In  his  day  Mr.  Allen  was  long 
an  authority  on  shorthorn  cattle  and  breeds  of  live  stock. 

Ayrshire  breed  of  cattle,  A  monograph  on  the.  The  Dairy  Cow. 
With  an  appendix  on  Ayrshire,  Jersey  and  Dutch  milks,  their 
formation  and  peculiarities.  By  E.  Lewis  Sturtevant,  M.  D., 
and  Joseph  N.  Sturtevant.  Boston:  A.  Williams  &  Co.,  1875,  pp. 
252,  illustrated.  Cloth,  5x7J/£  inches.  A  rare  volume  and  note- 
worthy breed  study. 

Ayrshire,  Report  of  the  agriculture  of.  By  Archibald  Sturrock. 
Trans.  High,  and  Agr.  Soc.  Scot.,  1866-'67,  pp.  21-106.  Discusses 
Ayrshire  cattle. 

Breeding  and  rearing  cattle,  On.  By  Henry  Tanner.  Trans.  High, 
and  Agr.  Soc.  Scot.,  1859-'61,  pp.  321-356. 

Breed  that  beats  the  record,  The.  A  demonstration  of  the  proper- 
ties, prepotence,  pre-eminence  and  prestige  of  Aberdeen-Angus, 
the  polled  cattle.  With  an  introduction  by  Judge  J.  S.  Goodwin. 
Detroit:  Aldine  Co.,  1886,  pp.  162,  fig.  1.  Cloth,  5^2x8*4  inches. 

Beef  cattle,  Little  sketches  of  famous.  By  Charles  S.  Plumb.  Co- 
lumbus, Ohio:  Published  by  the  author,  1904,  pp.  99,  21.5  cm. 
Life  sketches  of  25  famous  bulls  and  cows,  mainly  Shorthorn, 
Hereford  and  Aberdeen  Angus. 

Bulls,  bisons  and  buffaloes,  The  natural  history  of.  A  monograph  of 
the  genus  Bos.  Exhibiting  .all  the  known  species  and  the  more 
remarkable  varieties.  By  George  Vasey.  London:  John  Russel 
Smith,  1857,  pp.  192,  figs.  72.  Cloth,  6x9  inches.  An  extremely 
interesting  volume,  with  engravings  on  wood  by  the  author. 

Cattell,  The  government  of.  Divided  into  three  books.  The  first  en- 
treating of  oxen,  kine  and  calves,  and  how  to  use  buls  and  other 
cattell  to  the  yoke  or  sell.  The  second  discoursing  the  govern- 
ment of  horses,  with  approved  medicines  against  most  diseases. 
The  third,  discoursing  the  ordering  of  sheepe,  goats,  hogges  and 
dogges,  with  true  remedies  to  helpe  the  infirmities  that  befall  any 
of  them.  Also  perfect  instructions  for  taking  of  moales,  etc. 
Gathered  by  Leonard  Mascal.  London:  Printed  by  Thomas 
Harper  for  John  Harison,  and  are  to  be  sold  at  his  shop  in 
Paternoster  Row,  at  the  sign  of  the  Unicorn,  1633,  pp.  309.  Calf, 
5!4x7.  One  of  the  very  first,  if  not  the  first  book  on  live  stock 
in  the  English  language.  Very  rare. 

Cattle  and  cattle  breeders.  By  William  McCombie.  Second  edition, 
revised.  Edinburgh  and  London:  William  Blackwood  &  Sons, 
1869,  pp.  135.  Cloth,  4^x7  inches.  An  extremely  interesting 

14 


narrative  containing  much  of  interest  about  the  Aberdeen  Angus 
breed  by  one  of  the  most  eminent  breeders. 

Cattle  and  dairy  farming.  United  States  Consular  Reports.  Wash- 
ington: Government  Printing  Office,  1887,  pp.  855,  plates  368. 
Cloth,  6x9  inches,  very  thick.  This  has  also  been  issued  in  two 
volumes.  Contains  many  statements  concerning  cattle  and  some 
other  stock,  in  the  form  of  United  States  Consular  Reports. 

Cattle  and  their  diseases.  By  A.  J.  Murray.  With  an  introduction  on 
the  Breeding  and  Management  of  Cattle,  compiled  mainly  from 
the  writings  of  Hon.  T.  C.  Jones,  of  Ohio.  Chicago:  Sanders 
Publishing  Co.,  1887,  pp.  270,  figs.  11,  20.5  cm. 

Cattle,  A  manual  on.  For  the  use  of  the  farmers  of  Georgia.  Pre- 
pared under  the  direction  of  J.  T.  Henderson.  Atlanta,  Georgia: 
1880,  pp.  192,  illustrated.  Cloth,  6x9  inches. 

Cattle,  Breeds  and  management.  By  William  Housman.  •  With  a 
chapter  on  diseases  of  cattle,  by  Prof.  J.  Wortley  Axe.  London: 
Vinton  &  Company,  1897,  pp.  270.  Illustrated.  Cloth,  5^x8^ 
inches.  No.  4  of  the  Live  Stock  Handbooks.  The  author  is  one 
of  the  most  distinguished  modern  writers  on  Shorthorn  cattle, 
and  this  volume  is  specially  recommended. 

Cattle  of  Great  Britain,  The.  Being  a  series  of  articles  on  the  vari- 
ous breeds  of  cattle  of  the  United  Kingdom,  their  history,  man- 
agement, etc.  Edited  by  J.  Coleman.  London:  The  Field  Office, 
346  Strand,  1875,  pp.  162,  numerous  plates.  10x12^  inches.  Cloth. 

Cattle,  sheep  and  deer.  By  Duncan  George  Forbes  MacDonald, 
LL.  D.,  etc.  Fifth  edition.  London:  Steel  &  Jones,  1872,  pp.  745, 
appendix  xci.  Cloth,  6x8j4  inches. 

Cattle,  Their  breeds,  management  and  diseases.  By  William  Youatt. 
London:  1860,  pp.  600,  figs,  numerous.  Cloth,  6x9  inches.  Long 
a  recognized  standard  work  on  cattle  by  one  of  England's  most 
famous  live  stock  authors.  Published  first  in  1835,  followed  by 
numerous  editions  in  England  and  America. 

Cattle;  their  varieties  and  management  in  health  and  disease.  A  new 
edition  revised  and  considerably  enlarged.  By  George  Armatage, 
M.  R.  C.  V.  S.  London:  Frederick  Warne  &  Co.,  n.  d.,  pp.  229, 
illustrated.  Boards,  4x65/2  inches. 

Cattle  trade  of  Western  Canada,  The.  Special  report  by  J.  G.  Ruth- 
erford. Dominion  of  Canada,  Department  of  Agriculture,  Aug., 
1909,  pp.  24. 

Cattle  trade  of  the  West  and  Southwest.  Historic  sketches  of  the. 
By  Joseph  G.  McCoy,  the  Pioneer  Western  cattle  shipper.  Kan- 
sas City,  Mo.:  Ramsey,  Millett  &  Hudson,  1874,  pp.  427,  illus- 
trated. 

Channel  Islands,  The.  By  S.  G.  W.  Benjamin.  Harper's  Magazine, 
vol.  51,  1875,  pp.  1-15,  illustrated. 

Classes  and  grades  of  cattle,  Market,  with  suggestions  for  interpret- 
ing market  quotations.  By  Herbert  W.  Mumford.  Bull.  78, 
Illinois  Station,  July,  1902,  pp.  367-434,  plates  48. 

Conformation  of  beef  and  dairy  cattle.    By  Andrew  M.  Soule.     Farm- 

15 


er's  Bulletin  No.  143,  U.  S.  Dept.  Agric.,  1902,  pp.  44,  figs.  44. 

Cow,  The.  A  guide  to  dairy  management  and  cattle  rearing.  Con- 
taining all  necessary  information  regarding  animals,  grazing, 
milk,  butter  and  cheese.  London:  Ward,  Lock  &  Co.,  n.  d.,  pp. 
136,  illustrated.  Cloth,  5x7J4  inches.  A  compilation,  with  neither 
authorship  or  date  of  publication  given. 

Cow,  The.  Dairy  husbandry  and  cattle  breeding.  By  M.  M.  Mil- 
burn.  Edited  by  Ambrose  Stevens.  New  York:  C.  M.  Saxton, 
1852,  pp.  109,  illustrated,  19.5  cm. 

Dairy  cattle,  Breeds  of.  By  Henry  E.  Alvord.  Farmer's  Bulletin 
No.  106,  U.  S.  Dept.  Agric.,  1899,  pp.  48,  figs.  21. 

Devon  breed  of  cattle,  History  of  the.  Edited  by  James  Sinclair. 
London:  Vinton  &  Co.,  1893,  pp.  392,  illustrated,  19  cm.  A  valu- 
able and  standard  work  on  the  Devon  breed. 

Dehorning  cattle.  By  F.  Wm.  Rane  and  H.  H.  Lamson.  Bull.  50, 
New  Hampshire  Station,  Feb.,  1898,  pp.  29. 

Dishorning  cattle.  By  W.  A.  Henry.  Fourth  annual  report  Wiscon- 
sin Station  for  1886,  pp.  19-21. 

Durham  cattle,  The  free  power  of.  By  Wm.  Brown.  Bull.  24,  On- 
tario Agr.  College,  Feb.  27,  1888,  pp.  6. 

Feeding  and  management  of  cattle.  By  W.  A.  Henry.  Bull.  No.  13, 
Wyoming  Exp.  Station,  July,  1893,  pp.  39-102.  Reprint  from 
Special  Report  on  Diseases  of  Cattle  and  Cattle  Feeding  by  U.  S. 
Bureau  of  Animal  Industry. 

Flies,  Protecting  cows  from.  By  W.  L.  Carlyle.  Sixteenth  annual 
report  Wisconsin  Station  for  1899,  pp.  92-96. 

Gestation  in  cows,  The  period  of.  By  Henry  H.  Wing.  Bull.  162, 
Cornell  Univ.  Exp.  Station,  Feb.,  1899,  pp.  325-334. 

Guenon  on  milch  cows.  A  treatise  upon  the  Bovine  species  in  gen- 
eral. Translated  from  the  last  and  enlarged  edition  of  F.  Guenon 
by  Thos.  J.  Hand.  New  York:  Orange  Judd  Company,  1883,  pp. 
131,  illustrated.  Cloth,  5x7^  inches. 

Hereford  cattle,  History  of.  By  James  MacDonald  and  James  Sin- 
clair. London:  Vinton  &  Co.,  1886,  pp.  380,  plates  19  cm.  Also 
a  revised  edition  by  James  Sinclair.  London:  Vinton  &  Co.,  Ltd., 
1907,  cloth,  pp.  xvi-501,  numerous  illustrations.  A  completely  re- 
vised, rewritten  edition  of  the  work  by  the  same  title  as  first 
published  in  1886,  bringing  a  British  study  of  this  breed  down  to 
date.  A  volume  of  very  great  merit  that  every  Hereford  student 
and  breeder  should  possess. 

Hereford  cattle,  History  of.  By  T.  L.  Miller,  with  which  is  incor- 
porated a  history  of  Herefords  in  America  by  Wm.  H.  Sotham. 
T.  F.  B.  Sotham,  publisher,  Chillicothe,  Mo.,  1902,  pp.  592,  many 
illustrations.  Cloth,  8x10*  inches.  Not  a  well  arranged  volume, 
poorly  indexed,  but  containing  considerable  information  of  in- 
terest on  Hereford  history. 

Holstein-Friesian  cattle.  By  S.  Hoxie.  Harper's  Magazine,  vol.  77, 
1888,  pp.  363-370,  illustrated. 

Holstein-Friesian  cattle.  A  history  of  the  breed  and  its  development 

16 


in  America.  A  complete  list  of  all  private  and  authenticated 
milk  and  butter  yieldsz  methods  of  breeding,  handling,  feeding 
and  showing  over  100  illustrations  of  famous  cattle  and  bio- 
graphies of  leading  breeders,  etc.,  etc.  By  Frederick  L.  Hough- 
ton.  Brattleboro,  Vt.:  Press  of  the  Holstein-Friesian  Register, 
1897,  pp.  371.  Cloth,  6^x9^4  inches.  A  standard  work. 

Horns  on  cattle,  Chemical  compounds  for  preventing  the  growth  of. 
By  L.  H.  Adams,  Eighth  annual  report,  Wisconsin  Station,  1891, 
pp.  289-291,  figs.  2. 

Jersey,  Alderney  and  Guernsey  cow,  The.  Their  history,  nature  and 
management.  Showing  how  to  choose  a  good  cow;  how  to  feed, 
to  manage,  to  milk  and  to  breed  to  the  most  profit.  Edited 
from  the  writings  of  Edward  P.  P.  Fowler,  Geo.  E.  Waring,  Jr., 
Charles  L.  Sharpless,  Prof.  John  Gamgee,  C.  P.  Le  Cornu,  Col. 
Le  Couture,  Prof.  Magne,  Fr.  Guenon,  Dr.  Twaddell  and  others. 
By  Willis  P.  Hazard.  Tenth  edition.  Philadelphia:  Porter  & 
Coates,  n.  d.,  copyrighted  1872,  pp.  144,  illustrated,  20.5  cm. 

Jersey  cattle  in  America.  By  Hark  Comstock.  Harper's  Magazine, 
vol.  70,  1884-'85,  pp.  898-905,  illustrated. 

Jersey  cattle  in  America.  By  John  S.  Linsley,  M.  D.  New  York: 
Burr  Printing  House,  18  Jacob  St.,  1885,  pp.  742,  many  illustra- 
tions. Cloth,  8x11^  inches,  thick.  Contains  a  great  amount  of 
information  concerning  the  breed. 

Jersey  cattle,  their  feeding  and  management.  Compiled  from  infor- 
mation received  from  members  of  the  English  Jersey  Cattle  So- 
ciety. Second  edition.  Revised  and  enlarged.  Published  for 
the  society.  London:  Vinton  &  Co.,  1903,  pp.  97,  22  cm. 

Management  and  feeding  of  cattle,  The.  By  Thomas  Shaw,  New 
York:  Orange  Judd  Co.,  1909,  pp.  461,  illustrated.  Cloth, 
14x20  cm. 

Marking  power  among  cattle.  By  Wm.  Brown.  Bull.  17,  Sept.  1, 
1887,  pp.  6. 

Milk  cow,  How  to  choose  a  good,  or  a  description  of  all  the  marks 
by  which  the  milking  qualities  of  cows  may  be  ascertained.  By 
J.  H.  Magne.  With  a  supplement  on  the  dairy  cattle  of  Britain, 
their  qualities,  management  and  productive  results,  with  hints 
for  selecting,  by  John  Haxton.  Edinburgh:  Blackie  &  Son,  1857, 
pp.  184,  figs.  27.  Cloth,  4j4x7  inches. 

Milch  cows  and  dairy  farming,  comprising  the  breeds,  breeding  and 
management  in  health  and  disease  of  dairy  and  other  stock;  the 
selection  of  milch  cows,  with  a  full  explanation  of  Guenon's 
method;  the  culture  of  forage  plants,  etc.  By  Charles  L.  Flint. 
Revised  edition.  Boston:  Lee  &  Shepard,  1889,  pp.  452,  figs.  138. 
Cloth,  5J/2X8  inches. 

Plains,  Cattle  raising  on  the.  By  Frank  Wilkeson.  Harper's  Maga- 
zine, vol.  72;  1885-'86,  pp.  788-795. 

Ranches  of  Colorado,  The  cattle.  By  A.  A.  Hayes,  Jr.  Harper's 
Magazine,  vol.  59,  1879,  pp.  877-895,  illustrated. 

Ranges  of  the  Southwest,  Cattle.    A  history  of  the  exhaustion  of  the 


pasturage  and  suggestions  for  its  restoration.     By  H.  L.  Bentley. 
Farmers'  Bulletin  No.  72,  U.  S.  Dept.  Agric.,  1898,  pp.  32,  figs.  9. 

Saddle  and  sirloin;  or  English  farm  and  sporting  worthies.  By  The 
Druid.  New  edition.  London:  Vinton  <&  Co.,  n.  d.,  pp.  476,  por- 
traits, 1954  cm. 

Shorthorn  cattle.  By  Lewis  F.  Allen.  Harper's  Magazine,  vol.  73, 
1886,  pp.  537-550,  illustrated. 

Shorthorn  cattle.  A  series  of  historical  sketches,  memoirs  and  rec- 
ords of  the  breed  and  its  development  in  the  United  States  and 
Canada.  By  Alvin  H.  Sanders.  Chicago:  Sanders  Publishing 
Co.,  1900,  pp.  872,  many  plates.  Cloth,  5^x8  inches.  The  most 
important  study  of  a  breed  yet  published  in  America,  and  should 
be  a  part  of  the  library  of  every  Shorthorn  breeder  and  student. 

Shorthorn  cattle,  History  of.  Edited  by  James  Sinclair,  editor  of  the 
"Live  Stock  Journal."  London:  Vinton  &  Co.,  Ltd.,  1907,  half 
leather,  pp.  xiv-895,  numerous  full  page  plates.  A  very  fine  his- 
torical study  of  Shorthorn  cattle,  especially  in  its  application  to 
Great  Britain.  Students  of  British  herds  will  find  herein  some 
very  interesting  sketches. 

Shorthorn  cattle,  History  of  the.  Their  origin,  progress  and  present 
condition.  By  Lewis  F.  Allen.  Buffalo,  N.  Y.,  1872,  pp.  233, 
plates,  23  cm.  A  much  quoted  work. 

Shorthorn  or  Durham  cattle  and  of  the  Kirklevington  Herd,  History 
of  improved;  from  the  notes  of  the  late  Thomas  Bates.  With  a 
memoir  by  Thomas  Bell.  New-Castle-Upon-Tyne:  1871,  pp.  371, 
plates.  Cloth,  5x7%  inches.  Mr.  Bell  was  intimately  associated 
with  Bates  for  years. 

Shorthorn  tribes  with  notes,  An  alphabetical  arrangement  of  the  lead- 
ing. By  Rev.  W.  Holt  Beever.  For  the  use  of  breeders.  Lon- 
don: J.  Thornton,  n.  d.,  pp.  266,  21  cm.  An  extremely  useful 
and  reliable  reference  work.  Rather  rare. 

Tables  for  estimating  dead  weight  and  value  of  cattle  from  live 
weight.  By  Sir  J.  B.  Lawes,  Bart.  London.  Published  for  the 
author  at  the  offices  of  the  Royal  Agricultural  Society  of  Eng- 
land. Large  number  of  tables. 

Teeth  of  cattle  and  sheep  as  affected  by  age.  By  Chas.  McCulloch. 
Bull.  118,  Virginia  Station,  Nov.,  1900,  pp.  147-155,  illustrated. 

Welsh  black  cattle.  By  John  Roberts.  Circular  104,  Bureau  of  Ani- 
mal Industry,  U.  S.  Dept.  of  Agr.,  pp.  29,  figs.  7. 

Wild  cattle  hunting  on  Green  Island.  By  Charles  Hallock.  Harper's 
Magazine,  vol.  xxi,  1860,  pp.  220-224. 

Wild  white  cattle  of  Great  Britain,  The.  An  account  of  their  origin, 
history  and  present  state.  By  Rev.  John  Storer,  M.  A.  Edited 
by  his  son,  John  Storer.  Cassel,  Petter,  Galpin  &  Co.,  London, 
Paris  and  New  York,  n.  d.,  pp.  384,  figs.  12.  Cloth, 
inches.  A  standard  work  on  wild  white  cattle. 


IS 


CALVES. 

Calf  at  meal  time,  The  Dairy.     By  D.  H.  Otis.     Bull.  192,  Wis.  Agr. 

Exp.  Station,  Feb.,  1910,  pp.  14,  figs.  4. 
Calves,  Grains  to  supplement  skim-milk  for.     By  John   R.   Fain  and 

Milton  P.  Jarnagin.     Bull.  172,  Virginia  Agr.  Exp.  Station,  Aug., 

1907,  pp.  81-94,  fig.  1. 

sas  Station,  May,  1904,  pp.  163-198,  figs.  14. 
Calves  on  skim-milk  and  supplementary  feed,   Raising.     By   H.   W. 

Norton,  Jr.     Bull.  257,   Mich.  Agr.   Exp.  Station,   Oct.,   1909,   pp. 

29,  figs.  10. 
Calves,  Substitutes  for  skimmed  milk  in  raising.     By   E.   S.   Savage 

and   G.  W.  Tailby,  Jr.     Bull.  269,   Cornell  Univ.  Agr.   Exp.   Sta- 
tion, July,  1909,  pp.  489-518,  figs.  119-125. 
Feeding,  Calf.     By  C.  F.  Curtiss.     Bull.  19,  Iowa  Station,  Nov.,  1892, 

pp.  614-617. 
Feeding,  Calf.     By  C.   F.   Curtiss.     Bull.  25,  Iowa   Station,  1894,  pp. 

17-25. 
Feeding   experiments,   Calf.     By   Jas.   Wilson,   G.    E.    Patrick,    C.    F. 

Curtiss  and  D.  A.  Kent.     Bull.  14,  Iowa  Station,  Aug.,  1891,  pp. 

143-151. 
Feeding,   Experiments  in  calf.     By  W.   A.   Henry.     Bulls.   6   and   7. 

Wisconsin  Station,  July,  1885,  pp.  10;  and  Oct.,  1885,  pp.  8. 
Feeding,  Experiments  in  calf.    By  F.  B.  Linfield.     Bull.  No.  57,  Utah 

Exp.  Station,  June,  1898,  pp.  237-246,  plates  ii. 
Feeding  separator  milk  to  calves.     By  C.  F.  Curtiss.     Bull.  35,  Iowa 

Station,  1897,  pp.  759-768. 

Hand-fed  calves,  Experiments  with.    By  D.  H.  Otis.     Bull.  126,  Kan- 
Raise  the  calves  of  cheese  cows  for  beef?    Will  it  pay  to.    By  W.  A. 

Henry.     Third    annual    report    Wisconsin    Station    for    1885,    pp. 

25-32. 
Raising  calves,  The  cost   of.     By   Fred   W.   Morse.     Bull.   58,   New 

Hampshire  Station,  Oct.,  1898,  pp.  157-166. 

Raising  dairy  bred  calves.     By  T.  L.  Haecker.     Annual  report  Min- 
nesota Station  for  1894,  pp.  82-92.     Also  published  in  bulletin  35. 
Rations,  A  test  of  calf.     By  A.  L.  Haecker.     Bull.  No.  87,  Nebraska 

Exp.  Station,  xvii,  pp.  10,  figs.  3. 
Rearing  of  calves,  Economical.     By  Thos.  F.  Hunt  and  C.  H.  Zink, 

Jr.     Report  Penn.  Exp.  Station,  1891,  pp.  112-117. 
Rearing  of  calves  on  milk  substitutes.     By   Harry  Hayward.     Bull. 

No.  60,  Penn.  Exp.  Station,  July,  1902,  pp.  12,  figs.  2. 
Rearing  of  calves,  On  the.     By  Thomas  Strangeways,  V.  S.  Trans. 

High  and  Agr.  Soc.  Scot.,  1861-'63,  pp.  32-38. 
Skim  milk  as  a  food  for  calves.     By  C.  S  Plumb.     Bull.  47,  Indiana 

Station,  Nov.,  1893,  pp.  97-101. 
Skim-milk  calves.     By  H.  M.  Cottrell,  D.  H.  Otis  and  J.  G.  Haney. 

Bull.  97,  Kansas  Station,  May,  1900,  pp.  117-132,  plates  vii. 
Skim-milk  calves,  Maturing.     By  C.  F.  Curtiss.     Bull.  32,  Iowa  Sta- 
tion, 1896,  pp.  448-460. 

19 


Skim-milk  to  calves,  Feeding.    By  A.  L.  Haecker.    Bull.  68,  Nebraska 

Exp.  Station,  vol.  xiii,  pp.  22-29. 
Skim-milk,    Raising   calves   with.      By    C.    H.    Eckles.      Bull.    No.    57, 

Missouri  Station,  April,  1902,  pp.  31-52,  illustrated. 
Skim  milk  vs.  sucking  dam.     Calves  for  beef  production.     By  E.  A. 

Burnett.     Bull.  No.  75,  Nebraska  Exp.  Station,  pp.  24-30. 
Wintering  calves,  Alfalfa  vs.  sorghum  for.     By  E.  A.  Burnett.     Bull. 

No.  75,  Nebraska  Exp.  Station,  pp.  34. 
Wintering  calves  intended  for  beef  production,  Comparison  of  silage 

and  shock  corn  for.     By  Herbert  W.  Mumford.     Bull.  73,  Illinois 

Station,  June,  1902,  pp.  269-282,  figs.  4. 
Wintering  calves  on  roughness.     By  E.  A.  Burnett  and  H.  R.  Smith. 

Bull.  No.  75,  Nebraska  Exp.  Station,  pp.  31-32. 


20 


DISEASES  OF  ANIMALS. 

Abortion  in  cattle.  By  L.  Van  Es.  Bull.  54,  North  Dakota  Station, 
Dec.,  1902,  pp.  153-163. 

Abortion  in  cows,  Infectious.  By  E.  P.  Niks.  Bull.  13,  Virginia  Sta- 
tion, Feb.,  1892,  pp.  15-16. 

Abortion,  Review  of  Professor  Bang's  work  on  contagious.  By  Chas. 
E.  Marshall.  Special  Bull.  13,  Mich.  Exp.  Station,  Dec.,  1899, 
pp.  8. 

Actinomycosis  and  the  iodide  treatment.  By  W.  B.  Niles.  Bull.  25, 
Iowa  Station,  1894,  pp.  44-47. 

Actinomycosis  bovis  or  lump  jaw.  By  N.  S.  Mayo.  Bull.  35,  Kansas 
Station,  Dec.,  1892,  pp.  99-112,,  several  plates. 

Actinomycosis,  History,  etc.  By  H.  J.  Detmers,  M.  V.  D.  Bull. 
3,  vol  III,  Ohio  Exp.  Station,  March,  1890,  pp.  107-115. 

Anemia,  Equine.  An  account  of  a  recent  inquiry  into  the  nature  and 
cause  of  an  obscure  and  fatal  disease  among  horses  in  eastern 
Nevada.  By  Winfred  B.  Mack,  D.  V.  M.  Bull.  68,  Nevada  Agr. 
Exp.  Station,  March,  1909,  pp.  96,  charts. 

Anemia  or  swamp  fever  of  horses,  Infectious.  By  John  R.  Mohler, 
V.  M.  D.  Circ.  138.  Bureau  of  Animal  Industry,  U.  S.  Dept. 
of  Agr.,  March  6,  1909,  pp.  4. 

Anthrax.    By  J.  C.  Robert.    Bull.  72.    Miss.  Station,  Jan.,  1902,  pp.  12. 

Anthrax  in  Arkansas.  By  R.  R.  Dinwiddie.  Bull.  96,  Arkansas  Ag. 
Exp.  Station,  1907,  pp.  89-111. 

Big-head.  (Osteo-Porosis).  By  A.  W.  Bitting.  Bull.  26,  Florida 
Exp.  Station,  Oct.,  1894,  pp.  53-63,  figs.  11. 

Black  leg.  By  E.  P.  Niles.  Bull.  75,  Virginia  Station,  April,  1897, 
pp.  37-42.  Also  No.  103,,  Aug.,  1899,  on  black  leg  vaccine. 

Black  leg.  By  N.  S  Mayo.  Bull.  69,  Kansas  Station,  June,  1897,  pp. 
108-113. 

Black  leg  and  vaccination.  By  N.  S.  Mayo.  Bull.  122,  Kansas  Sta- 
tion, Feb.,  1904,  pp.  163-179,  figs.  3. 

Black  leg  in  cattle,  Directions  for  using  vaccine  for  the  prevention  of. 
By  L.  L.  Lewis.  Bull.  57,  Oklahoma  Exp.  Station,  March,  1983, 
figs.  3. 

Black  leg  in  Kansas.  By  Paul  Fischer  and  A.  T.  Kinsley.  Bull.  105, 
Kansas  Station,  Nov.,  1901,  pp.  5-27.  A  study  of  protective  inoc- 
ulation. 

Black  leg,  its  nature,  cause  and  prevention.  By  A.  T.  Peters.  Bull. 
65,  Nebraska  Exp.  Station,  vol.  xii,  pp.  109-132,  figs.  8. 

Black-leg  vaccine  in  Virginia,  Preliminary  report  on  use  of.  By  E.  P. 
Niles.  Bull.  123,  Virginia  Station,  April,  1901,  pp.  33-37. 

Care  of  animals,  The.  A  book  of  brief  and  popular  advice  on  the 
diseases  and  ailments  of  farm  animals.  By  Nelson  S.  Mayo.  New 
York:  The  Macmillan  Co.,  1903,  pp.  459,  figs.  59,  17^  cm.  One 
of  the  Rural  Science  Series.  Contains  many  helpful  suggestions. 

Cattle  disease  in  Nebraska,  Original  investigations  of.  1886-1888. 
By  Frank  S.  Billings.  Bulls.  7,  8,  9,  10,  Nebraska  Exp.  Station, 

21 


1889,  pp.  267,  plates  ix.  Article  i,  Southern  cattle  plague;  Ar- 
ticle ii,  corn  stalk  disease;  Article  iii,  the  so-called  "hydropho- 
bia" in  cattle;  Article  iv,  contagious  inflammation  of  the 
cornea;  Article  v,  a  singular  disease  of  the  sexual  organs  in  cows. 

Cattle,  Special  report  on  diseases  of.  By  Drs.  Pearson,  Murray,  At- 
kinson, Lowe,  Harbaugh,  Law,  Dickson,  Mohler,  Trumbower, 
Salmon,  Smith  and  Stiles.  Revised  edition.  Washington:  Gov- 
ernment Printing  Office,  1904,  pp.  533,  plates  Iii,  figs.  12,  24  cm. 
A  publication  of  the  Bureau  of  Animal  Industry  of  the  U.  S. 
Department  of  Agriculture.  Has  been  published  in  several  edi- 
tions. 

Cerebritis  or  staggers  of  horses,  Enzootic.  By  N.  S.  Mayo.  Bull. 
24,  Kansas  Station,  Sept.,  1891,  pp.  107-116,  plate  i. 

Corn  stalk  disease.  By  A.  T.  Peters.  Bull.  52,  Nebraska  Exp.  Sta- 
tion, vol.  x,  pp.  51-62,  map.  See  also  16th  annual  report,  pp.  63-94. 

Corn  stalk  disease  of  cattle.  By  N.  S.  Mayo.  Bull.  58,  Kansas  Sta- 
tion, June,  1896,  pp.  65-88.  A  preliminary  report. 

Colic  of  horses.  By  H.  J.  Detmers,  M.  V.  D.  Fifth  Report  Ohio 
Exp.  Station,  1886,  pp.  296-303.  Also  Bull.  2,  vol.  ii,  April  and 
May,  1889,  pp.  21-69,  figs.  7. 

Cow,  A  practical  treatise  on  the  breeding  of  the,  and  extraction  of  the 
calf  before  and  at  the  time  of  calving;  in  which  the  question  of 
difficult  parturition  is  considered  in  all  its  bearings,  with  refer- 
ence to  .facts  and  experience;  including  observation  on  the  dis- 
eases of  meat  cattle  generally;  containing  profitable  instructions 
to  the  breeding  farmer,  cow  keeper  and  grazier  for  attending  to 
their  own  cattle  during  illness,  according  to  the  most  approved 
modern  methods  of  treatment  and  the  application  of  long  known 
and  skillful  prescription  and  remedies  for  every  disorder  incident 
to  horned  cattle.  By  Edward  Skellett.  London:  James  Cornish 
&  Sons,  1807,  pp.  364,  colored  plates,  25.5  cm. 

Cow  in  relation  to  public  health.  By  E.  P.  Niles.  Bull.  32,  Virginia 
Station,  Sept.,  1893,  pp.  121-126. 

Dipping  cattle  to  destroy  ticks,  Device  for.  By  M.  Francis.  Bull.  30, 
Texas  Station,  March,  1894,  pp.  457-458,  plate  i. 

Diseases,  The  relation  of  water  supply  to  animal.  By  A.  W.  Bitting. 
Bull.  70,  Indiana  Station,  May,  1898,  pp.  41-51,  figs.  3. 

Eye  diseases  of  domestic  animals.  By  C.  A.  Carey.  Bull.  43,  Ala- 
bama Station,  1893,  pp.  79. 

Eyes  of  sheep,  Observations  on  a  disease  affecting  the.  By  E.  A.  A. 
Grange.  Bull.  22,  Mich.  Agr.  College,  pp.  5,  1887. 

Feeding,  A  disease  among  horses  due  to  injudicious.  Bull.  10,  Mich. 
Agr.  College,  N.  D. 

Foot  and  mouth  disease.  By  D.  E.  Salmon,  D.  V.  M.,  and  Theo- 
bald Smith.,  M.  D.  Circ.  141,  Bureau  of  Animal  Industry,  U. 
S.  Dept.  of  Agr.,  Nov.,  28,  1908.  pp.  8. 

Foot-rot  of  sheep.  Its  nature,  cause  and  treatment.  By  John  R. 
Mohler  and  Henry  J.  Washburn.  Bull.  63,  Bureau  of  Animal 
Industry,  U.  S.  Dept.  Agric.,  1904,  pp.  40,  plates  3. 

2.2 


Foot-rot  in  Sheep.  By  E.  A.  A  Grange.  Bull.  74,  Mich.  Exp.  Sta- 
tion, May,  1891,  pp.  6. 

Glanders,  By  C.  A.  Gary.  Bull.  25,  South  Dakota  Station,  June, 
1891,  pp.  167-181,  appendix,  scab  dips  and  black  leg,  pp.  182-188. 

Glanders.     By  C.  A.  Gary.     Bull.  35,  Ala.  Station,  1892,  pp.  19. 

Glanders.  By  L.  Van  Es.  Bull.  85,  North  Dak.  Agr.  Station,  Sept., 
1909,  pp.  25-75,  figs.  6. 

Glanders,  A  preliminary  report  on.  By  Sopes  B.  Nelson.  Bull.  50, 
Washington  Station,  1902,  pp.  28,  plates  ii  and  iii. 

Glanders  and  farcy.  By  E.  A.  A.  Grange.  Bull.  78,  Mich.  Exp.  Sta., 
Dec.,  1891,  pp.  16,  plates  iii. 

Glanders  and  its  eradication,  Equine.  Bull.  77,  Florida  Exp.  Station, 
Feb.,  1905,  pp.  243-283,  plates  ii. 

Foot  and  mouth  disease  in  the  United  States,  The  origin  of  the  re- 
cent outbreak  of.  By  John  R.  Mohler,  V.  M.  D.,  and  Milton  J. 
Rosenau,  M.  D.  Circ.  147,  Bureau  of  Animal  Industry,  U.  S. 
Dept.  of  Agr.,  June  16,  1909,  pp.  29,  fig.  1. 

Glanders  experiments.  By  M.  Francis.  Bull.  30,  Texas  Station,  Mar., 
1894,  pp.  439-446,  chart  I. 

Glanders,  Texas  fever,  symptomatic  anthrax.  By  L.  L.  Lewis,  D.  V. 
M.  Bull.  27,  Oklahoma  Exp.  Staion,  June,  1897,  pp.  14. 

Hog  cholera.  By  M.  Dorset,  M.  D.  Farmers'  Bulletin  379,  U.  S. 
Dept.  of  Agr.,  Nov.,  27,  1909,  pp.  23,  figs.  3. 

Hog  cholera.  By  Geo.  A.  Waterman.  Bull.  157,  Michigan  Exp.  Sta- 
tion, 1898,  pp.  492-497,  report  1898  State  Board  of  Agriculture. 

Hog  cholera  and  preventive  treatment,  Studies  on.  By  Walter  E. 
King.  Bull.  157,  Kansas  Ag.  Exp.  Station,  Nov.  1908,  pp.  25-90, 
plates  14. 

Hog  cholera  and  swine  plague.  By  Dr.  D.  E.  Salmon.  Farmers' 
Bulletin  24,  U.  S.  Dept.  Agric.,  1894,  pp.  16. 

Hog  cholera  and  vaccination.  By  Dr.  F.  S.  Schoenleber.  Bull.  163, 
Kansas  Agr.  Exp.  Station,  Jan.,  1910,  pp.  259-276,  figs.  12. 

Hog  cholera  and  swine  plague.  By  W.  B.  Niles.  Bull.  35,  Iowa  Sta- 
tion, 1897,  pp.  769-780. 

Hog  cholera  and  swine  plague  in  Indiana.  By  A.  W.  Bitting.  Bull. 
58,  Indiana  Station,  Feb.  1896,  pp.  12. 

Hog  cholera  during  the  process  of  serum  production,  Studies  of  ag- 
glutination reactions  in.  By  Ward  Giltner.  Technical  bull.  3, 
Michigan  Agr.  Exp.  Station,  Oct.,  1909,  pp.  21. 

Hog  cholera,  Results  of  experiments  with  inoculation  for  the  preven- 
tion of.  By  Dr.  D.  E.  Salmon.  Farmers'  Bull.  8,  U.  S.  Dept. 
Agric.,  1892,  pp.  40. 

Hog  cholera,  Serum  production  of.  By  J.  H.  Gain.  Press  Bull.  31, 
Neb.  Agr.  Exp.  Station,  Dec.  15,  1909,  pp.  4. 

Horse  and  modern  veterinary  practice,  The.  Dogs,  cattle,  sheep, 
pigs  and  poultry,  their  treatment  in  health  and  disease.  With 
practical  information  on  all  that  relates  to  modern  farming, 
gardening,  shooting,  angling,  etc.  By  George  Skeavington  and 
John  Sherer.  London:  The  London  Printing  and  Publishing  Co., 

23 


N.  D.,  pp.  1016,  plates  many,  28  cm. 

Horse,  Special  report  on  the  diseases  of  the.  By  Drs.  Pearson,  Mich- 
ener,  Law,  Harbaugh,  Trumbower,  Liautard,  Holcombe,  Huide- 
koper,  Stiles  and  Adams.  Revised  edition.  Washington:  Gov- 
ernment Printing  Office,  1903,  pp.  600,  plates  41,  figs.  18,  24  cm. 
Published  by  Bureau  of  Animal  Industry,  U.  S.  Dept.  of  Agri- 
culture. A  valuable  document  published  in  several  editions. 

Horses  in  America,  A  new  contagious  disease  among.  By  E.  A.  A. 
Grange,  Bull.  29,  Mich.  Agr.  College,  Oct.,  1,  1887,  pp.  4. 

Lip-and-leg  ulceration  of  sheep.  I.  The  work  of  the  Bureau  of  Ani- 
mal Industry  for  the  suppression  of  lip-and-leg  ulceration  of 
sheep.  By  A.  D.  Melvin,  D.  V.  S.  II.  Lip-and-leg  ulceration 
(necrobacillosis)  of  sheep,  it's  cause  and  treatment.  By  John  R. 
Mohler,  V.  M.  D.  Circ.  160,  Bureau  of  Animal  Industry,  U.  S. 
Dept.  of  Agr.,  Mar.  21,  1910,  pp.  35,  figs.  7. 

Laminitis.  By  E.  A.  A.  Grange.  Bull.  25,  Mich.  Agr.  College,  April 
30,  1887,  pp.  6. 

Liver  fluke.  Southern  cattle  fever.  By  A.  W.  Bitting.  Bull.  28, 
Florida  Exp.  Station,  Dec.,  1894,  pp.  83-88,  plates  3. 

Liver  fluke.  By  M.  Francis.  Bull.  18,  Texas  Station,  Oct.,  1891,  pp. 
127-136,  plates  8. 

Loco,  Some  observations  on.  By  N.  S.  Mayo.  Bull.  35,  Kansas 
Station,  Dec.,  1892,  pp.  113-119. 

Lumpy  jaw  of  cattle.  By  M.  Francis.  Bull.  30,  Texas  Station,  Mar., 
1894,  pp.  448-449. 

Lung  plague  of  cattle  (pleuro-pneumonia  contagiosa  bovina),  Obser- 
vations on  the.  By  James  Law.  First  annual  report  Cornell 
Exp.  Station,  1879-80,  pp.  71-101. 

Mallein,  Experiments  with.  By  W.  B.  Niles.  Bull.  20,  Iowa  Station, 
Feb.,  1893,  pp.  729-731. 

Mange  in  cattle  and  horses  and  lice  on  hogs.  By  A.  J.  Peters.  Bull. 
74,  Nebraska  Station,  vol.  14,  pp.  30,  figs.  11. 

Mange  in  horses.  By  John  Spencer.  Bull.  125,  Virginia  Station, 
June,  1901,  pp.  49-52. 

Mastitis,  inflammation  of  the  mammary  gland.  By  N.  S.  Mayo.  Bull. 
49,  Kansas  Station,  May.  1895,  pp.  12-18. 

Milk  fever.  By  J.  C.  Robert.  Bull.  71,  Miss.  Station,  Jan.,  1902, 
pp.  6. 

Milk  fever,  Its  simple  and  successful  treatment.  By  John  R.  Mohler, 
V.  M.  D.  Farmers'  Bull.  206,  U.  S.  Dept.  of  Agr.,  Washington, 
1904,  pp.  15,  figs.  2. 

Parasites,  Animal.  By  Dr.  E.  P.  Niles.  Bulls.  108-114,  inclusive, 
Virginia  Station,  Jan.  to  July,  1900,  numerous  illustrations. 

Parasites  of  domestic  animals,  Common.  By  L.  L.  Lewis,  D.  V.  M. 
Bull.  53,  Oklahoma  Exp.  Station,  June,  1902,  pp.  24,  figs.  11. 

Parasitical  diseases  of  sheep,  Some.  By  E.  A.  Smythe  and  E.  P. 
Niles.  Bull.  64,  Virginia  Station,  May,  1896,  pp.  55-65. 

Parturient  paralysis  and  the  Schmidt  treatment.  By  John  J.  Repp. 
Bull.  58,  Iowa  Station,  April,  1901,  pp.  17-30. 

24 


Poisoning  by  potassium  nitrate,  Cattle.     By  N.  S.   Mayo.     Bull.  49, 

Kansas  Station,  May,  1895,  pp.  11. 
Poisoning  horses  by  the  common  horsetail  weed  (Equisetum  arvense). 

By  A.  T.  Peters  and  L.  B.  Sturdevant.     Nineteenth  annual  report 

Nebraska  Exp.   Station,  pp.  111-117. 
Poisoning  of  cattle  by  common  sorghum  and  kafir-corn.     Bull.   77, 

Nebraska  Exp.  Station,  vol.  xv,  pp.  16. 
Rabies   among   cattle,  An  outbreak  of.     By  James   B.   Paige,  V.    S. 

Bull.    27,    Hatch    Exp.    Station,    Mass.    Agr.    College,    Dec.,    1894, 

pp.  23-38. 
Rabies — Hydrophobia.     By  L.  W.  Goss.     Circ.  9,  Kansas  Agr.   Exp. 

Station,  pp.  4. 
Rheumatism  in  horses.     By  T.  D.  Hinebauch.     Bull.  7  North  Dakota 

Station,  Sept.,  1892,  pp.  15,  figs.  5. 
Scab,  lumpy  jaw  and  anthrax.     By  D.  A.  Cormack.     Bull.  36,  South 

Dakota  Station,  June,  1893,  pp.  95-105. 
Sheep   scab.      By   Clarence    P.    Gillette.      Bull.   38,    Colorado    Station, 

April,  1897,  pp.  32. 
Sheep  Scap.    By  A.  W.  Bitting.     Bull.  80,  Indiana  Station,  Sept.  1899, 

pp.  63-76,  figs.  8. 
Sheep   Scab.      By  John    Spencer.      Bull.    124,   Virginia    Station,    May, 

1901,  pp.  41-46,  illustrated. 

Sheep   scab.  By  Edwin  S.  Good.     Bull.  143,  Kentucky  Agr.  Exp.  Sta- 
tion, May,  1909,  pp.  217-246,  figs.  7. 
Sheep  scab.     By  E.   L.   Moore.     Bull.  107,   South  Dakota  Agr.   Exp. 

Station,  April,  1908,  pp.  353-382,  figs.  2. 
Scabies  in  cattle.     By  Richard  W.  Hickman.     Farmers'  Bull.  152,  U. 

S.  Dept.  Agr.,  1902,  pp.  24,  figs.  15. 
Scab  in  sheep.     By  D.  E.  Salmon  and  Ch.  Wardell  Stiles.     Farmers' 

Bull.  159,  U.  S.  Dept.  Agr.,  1903,  pp.  48,,  figs.  17. 
Scabies  in  sheep  and  cattle  and  mange  in  horses.     By  L.  Van  Es. 

Bull.  61,  North  Dakota  Staion,  May,  1904,  pp.  399-435,  figs.  24. 
Scours  in  new  born  calves.     By  L.  Van  Es.     Bull.  54,  North  Dakota 

Exp.  Station,  Dec.,  1902,  pp.  164-167. 

Septicaemia,   Haemorrhagic.     (Milk  Fever).     Annual   report   Minne- 
sota  Station,  1902-03,  pp.  249-280,  figs.  12. 
Sheep,   Diseases  of.     By  T.   D.   Hinebauch.     Bull.   3,   North   Dakota 

Station,  Oct.,  1891,  pp.  14. 
Sheep   observed  in  Iowa,   Diseases  of.     By  W.   B.  Niles.     Bull.  35, 

Iowa   Station,   1897,  pp.   781-819. 

Sorghum,  The  fatal  effect  of  green.    By  R.  S.  Hiltner.     Bull.  63,  Ne- 
braska Exp.  Station,  vol.  xii,  pp.  73-84. 
Splenetic  or  Texas  cattle  fever.     By  E.  P.  Niles.     Bull.  61,  Virginia 

Station,  Feb.,  1896,  pp.  19-26. 

Stomach  worms  (Haemonchus  contortus)  in  sheep.     By  B.  H.  Ran- 
som.     Circ.    102,    Bureau    of    Animal    Industry,    U.    S.    Dept.    of 

Agr.,  March  8,  1907,  pp.  7. 
Swamp  fever  in  horses.     By  L.  Van  Es.     Seventeenth  annual  report 

North  Dakota  Station,  1907,  pp.  48-64,  figs.  4,  charts  3. 

25 


Swine  plague.  By  H.  J.  Detmers.  Fifth  report  Ohio  Exp.  Station, 
1886,  pp.  283-293.  Report  on  inoculation  experiments  to  prevent 
swine  plague. 

Swine  plague.  By  Paul  Fischer  and  A.  T.  Kinsley.  Bull.  91,  Kansas 
Station,  Feb.,  1900,  pp.  18,  diagrams. 

Teeth,  Horses.  By  E.  P.  Niles.  Bull.  36,  Virginia  Station,  Jan.,  1894, 
pp.  7. 

Teeth  of  the  horse  as  affected  by  age.  By  Chas.  McCulloch.  Part 
I,  bull,  115,  Virginia  Station,  Aug.,  1900;  part  II,  bull.  116,  Sept. 
1900;  part  III,  bull.  117,  Oct.,  1900.  Many  illustrations. 

Teeth  of  the  horse,  The  most  common  irregularities  of  the.  By  Chas. 
McCulloch.  Bull.  119,  Virginia  Station,  Dec.,  1900,  pp.  159-169, 
illustrated.  Part  II.  Bull.  120,  Jan.,  1901. 

Texas  cattle  fever  and  salt  sick.  By  Dr.  Charles  F.  Dawson.  Bull. 
64,  Florida  Exp.  Station,  Oct.,  1902,  pp.  521-550,  plate  i. 

Texas  fever.  By  J.  W.  Connaway  and  M.  Francis.  Bull.  48,  Mis- 
souri Station,  Oct.,  1899,  pp.  64,  figs.  11,  chart. 

Texas  fever.  By  M.  Francis  and  J.  W.  Connaway.  Bull.  53,  Texas 
Station,  Oct.,  1899,  pp.  55-106,  charts  and  illustrations.  Report 
of  experiments  made  by  the  Texas  station,  in  co-operation  with 
the  Missouri  station  and  the  Missouri  Beard  of  Agriculture  in 
immunizing  Northern  breeding  cattle  against  Texas  fever.  See 
also  second  report  by  M.  Francis,  Bull.  63  of  Texas  Station,  Jan., 
1902,  pp.  60,  illustrated. 

Texas  fever.  By  L.  L.  Lewis.  Bull.  81,  Oklahoma  Agr.  Exp.  Sta- 
tion, June,  1908,  pp.  32,  figs.  19. 

Texas  fever.  By  N.  S.  Mayo.  Bull.  69,  Kansas  Station,  June,  1897, 
pp.  124-134. 

Texas  fever..  By  L.  L.  Lewis,  D.  V.  M.  Bull.  39,  Oklahoma  Exp, 
Station,  May,  1899,  pp.  28,  figs.  5. 

Texas  fever.  By  J.  C.  Robert.  Bull.  69,  Miss.  Station,  Nov.,  1901, 
pp.  15,  illustrated. 

Texas  fever  experiments.  By  M.  Francis.  Bull.  30,  Texas  Station, 
March,  1894,  pp.  453-456. 

Texas  fever  tick,  Methods  of  exterminating  the.  By  H.  W.  Graybill, 
Farmers'  Bull.  378,  U.  S.  Dept.  of  Agr.,  Oct.  26,  1909,  pp.  30, 
figs.  15. 

Texas  or  tick  fever.  By  C.  A.  Gary.  Bull.  141,  Ala.  Agr.  Exp  Sta- 
tion, July,  1907,  pp.  107-186,  illustrated. 

Texas  fever  or  acclimation  fever.  By  John  W.  Connaway.  Annual 
report  Missouri  Station,  Dec.,  1897,  pp.  81-139,  figs.  11. 

Texas  itch.  By  N.  S.  Mayo.  Bull.  69,  Kansas  Station,  June,  1897, 
pp.  103-108. 

Tick,  cattle.  By  Cooper  Curtice,  M.  D.,  D.  V.  S.  Bull.  24,  Texas 
Station,  Dec.,  1892,  pp.  235-256,  plates  III. 

Tick  fever  or  murrain  in  southern  cattle.  By  J.  C.  Robert.  Bull.  73, 
Miss.  Station,  July,  1902,  pp.  24,  illus. 

Tick  in  Washington  and  Benton  counties,  Cattle.  By  W.  G.  Vincen- 
heller.  Bull.  90.  Arkansas  Station,  1906,  pp.  131-141. 

26 


Ticks,  How  to  get  rid  of  cattle.  Circular  97,  Bureau  of  Animal  In- 
dustry, U.  S.  Dept.  of  Agr.,  May  22,  1908,  pp.  4,  fig.  1. 

Ticks,  Methods  of  eradicating  cattle.  By  Louis  A.  Klein,  V.  M.  D. 
Circ.  110,  Bureau  of  Animal  Industry,  U.  S.  Dept.  of  Agr.,  May 
20,  1907,  pp.  16,  figs.  3. 

Trichinosis.  A  danger  in  the  use  of  raw  pork  for  food.  By  B.  H. 
Ransom.  Circ.  108,  Bureau  of  Animal  Industry,  U.  S.  Dept.  of 
Agr.,  April  17,  1907,  pp.  6,  figs.  5. 

Tubercle  baccilli  from  varied  sources,  A  comparative  study  of.  By 
John  R.  Mohler,  V.  M.  D.,  and  Henry  J.  Washburn,  D.  V.  S. 
Bull.  96,  Bureau  of  Animal  Industry,  U.  S.  Dept.  of  Agr,  Wash- 
ington, 1907,  pp.  88,  plates  vi. 

Tubercle  baccilli  in  the  environment  of  tuberculous  cattle,  The  dan- 
ger from.  By  E.  E.  Schroeder,  M.  D.  V.,  and  W.  E.  Cotton. 
Bull.  99,  Bureau  of  Animal  Industry,  U.  S.  Dept.  of  Agr.,  May 
11,  1907,  pp.  24. 

Tuberculin  experiments.  By  M.  Francis,  Bull.  30,  Texas  Station, 
March,  1894,  pp.  447. 

Tuberculin  in  the  suppression  of  bovine  tuberculosis,  The  applica- 
tion of.  By  Prof.  Dr.  B.  Bang,  Bull.  41,  Hatch  Exp.  Station, 
Mass.  Agr.  College,  Aug.,  1896,  pp.  27.  A  translation  from  Deut- 
schen  Zeitschrift  feuer  Thiermedicin  und  Vergleichende  Path- 
ologic. 

Tuberculin  on  non-tuberculous  cows,  Experiments  with.  By  James 
Law.  Bull.  82,  Cornell  Univ.  Exp.  Station,  Dec.,  1894,  pp.  659-676. 

Tuberculin  test,  A  study  of  normal  temperatures  and  the.  By  Charles 
E.  Marshall.  Bull.  150,  Michigan  Exp.  Station,  pp.  515-564.  Re- 
port 1898  Michigan  Board  of  Agriculture. 

Tuberculin  test  of  cattle  for  tuberculosis.  By  John  R.  Mohler,  V.  M. 
D.  Farmers'  Bull.  351,  U.  S.  Dept.  of  Agr.,  Feb.  8,  1909,  pp.  8. 

Tuberculin  test  of  imported  cattle.  By  D.  E  Salmon,  D.  V.  M.  Bull. 
32,  Bureau  of  Animal  Industry,  U.  S  Dept.  of  Agr.,  1901,  pp.  22. 

Tuberculin  test  of  the  college  herd.  By  B.  C.  Buffum.  Bull.  66,  Col- 
orado Station,  Sept.,  1901,  pp.  15-26,  plates. 

Tuberculosis.     Circ.  8,  Mich.  Agr.  Exp.  Station,  June,  1910,  pp.  57-63. 

Tuberculosis.     Bull.  14,  North  Dakota  Station,  June,  1894,  pp.  35-47. 

Tuberculosis.  By  F.  W.  Brewer.  Bull.  No.  41,  Utah  Exp.  Station, 
Dec.  31,  1895,  pp.  28,  plates  ii. 

Tuberculosis.  By  Charles  H.  Fernald.  Bull.  3,  Hatch  Exp.  Station, 
Mass.  Agr.  College,  Jan.,  1889,  pp.  20. 

Tuberculosis.  By  E.  P.  Niles.  Bull.  39,  Virginia  Station,  April,  1894, 
pp.  43-54. 

Tuberculosis  and  its  detection.  By  C.  H.  Stange.  Bull.  107,  Iowa 
Agr.  Exp.  Station,  Oct.,  1909,  pp.  361-390,  charts. 

Tuberculosis  and  its  management.  By  C.  E.  Marshall.  Bull.  No.  184, 
1900,  Michigan  Exp.  Station,  pp.  308-349.  Report  1900,  Mich. 
Board  of  Agriculture.  Illustrated.  Bibliography  on  tuberculosis. 

Tuberculosis  and  the  Koch  test.  By  E.  P.  Niles.  Bull.  26,  Virginia 
Station,  March,  1893,  pp.  55-60. 

27 


Tuberculosis  and  the  tuberculin  test.  By  H.  L.  Russell.  Bull.  40, 
Wisconsin  Station,  July,  1894,  pp.  47. 

Tuberculosis  and  tuberculin  at  the  Mass.  Agr.  College.  By  James  B. 
Paige,  V.  S.  Bull.  27,  Hatch  Exp.  Station,  Mass.  Agr.  College, 
Dec.,  1894,  pp.  23. 

Tuberculosis  at  the  Univ.  of  Illinois,  Oct.  15,  1908.  Abstract  of  the 
proceedings  of  the  conference  on  animal.  Circ.  128,  111.  Agr.  Exp. 
Station,  Jan.,  1909,  pp.  16. 

Tuberculosis,  Bovine.  By  C.  A.  Gary.  Bull.  67,  Ala.  Station,  1895, 
pp.  195-226. 

Tuberculosis,  Bovine.  By  Paul  Fischer.  Bull.  79,  Kansas  Station, 
April,  1898,  pp.  83-109,  plates.  Reports  on  tests  and  post-mortems. 

Tuberculosis,  Bovine.  By  J.  L.  Hills  and  F.  A.  Rich,  V.  S.  Bull.  No. 
42,  Vermont  Exp.  Station,  July,  1894,  pp.  70. 

Tuberculosis,  Bovine.  By  Herbert  H.  Lamson.  Bull  78,  New  Harnp-* 
shire  Station,  Oct.,  1900,  pp.  163-178,  fig.  1. 

Tuberculosis,  Bovine.  By  N.  S.  Mayo.  Bull.  69,  Kansas  Station. 
June,  1897,  pp.  113-124.  Table  of  tuberculin  tests  given. 

Tuberculosis,  Bovine.  By  M.  H.  Reynolds.  Annual  report  for  1896, 
Minnesota  Station,  pp.  343-417.  Numerous  plates.  Also  pub- 
lished in  bulletin  51. 

Tuberculosis,  Bovine.  By  C.  E.  Thome.  Bull.  108,  Ohio  Exp.  Sta- 
tion, June,  1899,  pp.  289-372,  plates.  A  broad  discussion  of  the 
subject,  with  report  on  tuberculin  test  and  slaughter  of  station 
cattle. 

Tuberculosis,  Bovine.  By  Dr.  L.  Van  Es.  Bull.  77,  North  Dak.  Agr. 
Exp.  Station,  July,  1907,  pp.  378-430,  figs.  xi. 

Tuberculosis,  Bovine.  By  Archibald  R.  Ward  and  Clarence  M.  Har- 
ing.  Bull.  199,  California  Agr.  Exp.  Station,  Aug.,  1908,  pp.  219- 
234,  figs.  3. 

Tuberculosis  in  cattle  and  its  control.  By  James  Law.  Bull.  150, 
Cornell  Univ.  Exp.  Station,  July,  1898,  pp.  30,  figs.  3,  plates  ii. 

Tuberculosis  in  cattle,  The  present  attitude  of  European  science  to- 
ward. By  H.  W.  Conn.  Report  1898,  Storrs,  Conn.  Station,  pp. 
11-66. 

Tuberculosis  in  hogs.  By  L.  L.  Lewis,  D.  V.  M.  Bull.  No.  63,  Okla- 
homa Exp.  Station,  May,  1904,  pp.  8. 

Tuberculosis  in  Indiana,  Bovine.  By  A.  W.  Bitting.  Bull.  63,  Indiana 
Station,  Dec.,  1896,  pp.  97-116,  plates  xv,  xvi. 

Tuberculosis  in  relation  to  animal  industry  and  public  health.  By 
James  Law.  Bull.  65,  Cornell  Univ.  Exp.  Station,  April,  1894, 
pp.  105-157. 

Tuberculosis,  Investigation  of  bovine.  With  special  reference  to  its 
existence  in  Iowa.  By  M.  Stalker  and  W.  B.  Niles.  Bull.  29, 
Iowa  Station,  1895,  pp.  241-286,  plates  5. 

Tuberculosis  in  suspected  and  non-suspected  herds  in  Wisconsin,  Dis- 
tribution of.  By  H.  L.  Russell  and  E.  G.  Hastings.  Bull.  133, 
Wis.  Agr.  Exp.  Station,  June,  1906,  pp.  21,  figs.  2. 

Tuberculosis  in  swine.  By  W.  J.  Kennedy,  E.  T.  Robbins  and  F.  W. 

28 


Bouska.     Bull.   92,   Iowa  Agr.    Exp.    Station,  June,   1907,   pp.    24-, 

figs.  2. 
Tuberculosis  in  Wisconsin,  A  three  years  campaign  against  bovine. 

By  H.   L.   Russell  and   Conrad   Hoffmann.     Bull.   175,  Wis.   Agr. 

Exp.  Station,  May,  1909,  pp.  18,  figs.  4. 
Tuberculosis  of  cattle.     By  Leonard  Pearson,  V.  M.  D.     Bull.  No.  29, 

Penn.  Exp.  Station,  Oct.,  1894,  pp.  39. 
Tuberculosis  of  hogs;  its  cause  and  suppression.    By  John  R.  Mohler, 

A.  M.,  V.  M.  D.,  and  Henry  J.  Washburn,  D.  V.  S.     Circ.   144, 

Bureau  of  Animal  Industry,  U.  S.  Dept.  of  Agr.,   Feb.  10,   1909, 

pp.  211-246,  plates  v. 
Tuberculosis  of  the  food-producing  animals.    By  D.  E.  Salmon,  D.  V. 

M.     Bull.   38,   Bureau  of  Animal  Industry,  U.   S.   Dept.   of  Agr., 

Washington,  1906,  pp.  99,  plates  ix. 
Tuberculosis,  Relation  of  bovine  to  human.     By  G.  H.  Glover.     Bull. 

66,  Colorado  Station,  Sept.,  1901,  pp.  14,  plates. 
Tuberculosis,  The  control  of  bovine.     By  J.  G.  Rutherford.     Dept.  of 

Agr.,  Ottawa,  Canada,  Oct.  1,  1908,  pp.  11. 
Tuberculosis,  The  Koch  test  for.     By  H.  P.  Armsby.     Bull.  No.  21, 

Penn.  Exp.  Station,  Oct.,  1892,  pp.  19. 
Tuberculosis  through  factory  skim  milk,  with  suggestions  as  to  its 

control,  The  spread  of.     By  H.  L.  Russell.     Bull.  143,  Wis.  Agr. 

Exp.  Station,  Feb.,  1907,  pp.  28,  chart. 
Tuberculosis  vaccination  upon  cattle  infected  with  tuberculosis,  The 

effect  of.     By  Leonard  Pearson,  B.  S.,  V.  M.  D.,  and  S.  H.  Gilli- 

land,  V.  M.  D.,  M.  D.     From  Univ.  of  Penn.  Med.   Bull.,  April, 

1905,  pp.  18,  figs.  12. 
Tuberculosis,  with  an  illustration  of  its  application,  The  Bang  method 

of   controlling.     By   H.   A.    Harding,    Geo.   H.    Smith  and   V.   A. 

Moore.      Bull.   277,    N.   Y.   State   Agr.    Exp.   Station,   April,   1906, 

pp.  109. 
Tuberculous  cows  and  the  use  of  their  milk  in  feeding  calves.    By  C. 

S.  Phelps.     Report,  1898,  Storrs,  Conn.  Station,  pp.  100-112.     Also 

report  1899,  pp.  150-167. 
Tuberculous  herd,  A  healthy  herd  from  a.     Summarized  by   F.   H. 

Hall.     Bull.  277,  (Popular  edition)  N.  Y.  State  Agr.  Exp.  Station, 

April,  1906,  pp.  8,  fig.  1.     From  bulletin  by  H.  A.  Harding,  Geo. 

A.  Smith  and  V.  A.  Moore. 
Vaccination  against  tuberculosis  in  cattle  with  bovo-vaccine.     (Von 

Behring.)      By   H.   L.    Russell   and   Conrad   Hoffman.     Bull.    165, 

Wis.  Agr.  Exp.  Station,  Nov.,  1908,  pp.  13,  fig.  1. 
Worm,  Stomach.    By  John  Spencer.    Bull.  126,  Virginia  Station,  May, 

1901,  pp.  55-58. 
Worms  in  sheep,  Stomach.    By  J.  Fremont  Hickman.    Bull.  117,  Ohio 

Exp.  Station,  April,  1900,  pp.  199-212,  figs.  2. 
Worm  of  sheep,  Fringed  tape.  A  preliminary  report  on  the.    By  E.  L. 

Moore.    Veterinarian.      Bull.    78,    South    Dakota    Station,    April, 

1903,  pp.  8. 

29 


FEEDS  AND  FEEDING. 

Alfalfa.     Bull.  155,  Kansas  Agr.  Exp.  Station,  June,  1908,  pp.  183-345, 

figs.  60. 
Alfalfa.     By  J.  L.  Stone,  John  W.  Gilmore  and  Samuel  Fraser.     Bull. 

237,   Cornell  Univ.   Agr.   Exp.   Station,   March,   1906,  pp.   141-177, 

figs.  85-94. 
Alfalfa.     By  J.  M.  Westgate.     Farmers'  Bulletin  339,  U.  S.   Dept.  of 

Agriculture,  1908,  pp.  48,  figs.  14. 
Alfalfa  culture.    By  C.  G.  Williams.     Circ.  91,  Ohio  Agr.  Exp.  Station, 

March  20,  1909,  pp.  8. 
Alfalfa  hay  vs.  timothy  hay,  and  alfalfa  hay  vs.  bran  for  dairy  cows. 

By  Wilbur  J.  Fraser  and  Cassius  C.  Hayden.     Bull.  146,  111.  Agr. 

Exp.  Station,  June,  1910,  pp.  129-144,  charts. 
Alfalfa  in  America.     By  Joseph  E.  Wing.     Chicago,  111:  Sanders  Pub. 

Co.,  cloth,  1909,  pp.  480,  illustrated.     A  fine  work  on  this  subject. 
Alfalfa;  its  chemical  development,  feeding  value  and  digestibility.    By 

Harry  Snyder  and  J.  A.  Hummel.    Annual  report  Minnesota  Sta- 
tion, 1902-'03,  pp.  149-180.    Illustrated. 
Alfalfa,  or  Lucern.    By  A.  A.  Mills.     Bull.  No.  44,  Utah  Exp.  Station, 

pp.  33.     Reports  on  results  of  feeding  also. 
Alfalfa,   or   Lucern.     Bui.   No.   16   (new  series),   New  York   Station, 

July,  1889,  pp.  121-129. 

Animal  digestion  and  fermentation  on  the  vitality  of  seeds,  The  ef- 
fect of.     By  Edward  Ingram   Oswald.     Bull.  No.  128,  Maryland 

Agr.  Exp.  Station,  June,  1908,  pp.  265-291. 
Beef  cattle,  The  development  of  grade  and  cross  bred.     By  John  R. 

Fain  and  Milton  P.  Jarnagin.     Bull.  171,  Virginia  Agr.  Exp.  Sta- 
tion, July,  1907,  pp.  47-80,  figs.  8. 
Beet  pulp  as  a  stock  food,  Some  experiments  with.     By  C.  D.  Smith. 

Bull.  193,  Michigan  Exp.  Station,  pp.  111-126.     Report  1902,  Mich. 

Board  of  Agriculture. 
Beet  pulp,  Feeding  value  of.     By  B.   C.   Buffum  and   C.  J.   Griffith. 

Bull.  73,  Colorado  Station,  Aug.,  1902,  pp.  10. 
Bones.  The  effect  of  food  on  breaking  strength  of.    By  E.  A.  Burnett. 

Bull.   107,   Nebraska   Agr.    Exp.    Station,   Dec.   1,   1908,   pp.    11-39, 

figs.  9. 
Butter-milk,  Experiments  feeding.     By  D.  A.   Kent  and   O.   C.  Van 

Houten.     Bull.  19,  Iowa  Station,  Nov.,  1892,  pp.  618-621. 
Cacti  as  stock  food,  Summary  of  recent  investigations  of  the  value  of. 

By  David  Griffiths  and  R.  F.  Hare.     Bull.  102,  part  i,  Bureau  of 

Plant   Industry,   U.   S.   Dept.   of  Agr.,  Washington,   1907,   pp.    16, 

plate  i. 
Calorimeter  and  accessory  apparatus,  Improved  forms  of  bomb.     By 

W.  O.  Atwater  and  O.  S.  Blakeslee.     Report  1897,  Storrs,  Conn. 

Station,  pp.  199-211,  figs.  8. 
Calorimeter  and  experiments  on  the  conservation  of  energy  in  the 

human  body,  A  respiration.     By  W.  O.  Atwater  and  E.  B.  Rosa. 

Report  1897,  Storrs,  Conn.  Station,  pp.  212-242,  illustrated. 

30 


Cattle  feeding.  I.  A  comparison  of  Utah  feeding  stuffs.  II.  Diges- 
tion experiments  with  shredded  corn  fodder,  lucern,  timothy  and 
wheat  bran.  Bull.  No.  54,  Utah  Exp.  Station.  Feb.,  1398,  pp. 
119-151. 

Cattle  feeding  experiment.  By  H.  R.  Smith.  Bull.  90,  Neb.  Agr.  Exp. 
Station,  Nov.  25,  1905,  pp.  24,  figs.  7. 

Cattle  feeding  experiments.  By  John  A.  Craig  and  F.  R.  Marshall. 
Bull.  86,  Texas  Agr.  Exp.  Station,  Sept.,  1906,  pp.  23,  figs.  10. 
I.  Molasses  for  fattening  cattle.  II.  Rough  rice  as  a  steer  feed. 
III.  Profit  from  different  systems  of  feeding  cattle. 

Cattle  feeding  experiments.  By  H.  R.  Smith.  Bull.  93,  Neb.  Agr. 
Exp.  Station,  June,  1906,  pp.  24,  fig.  1.  Experiment  I.  Rough- 
ness supplementary  to  corn  for  two-year-old  steers  the  first  half 
of  the  fattening  period.  Experiment  II.  Protein  concentrates 
vs.  alfalfa  as  foods  suplementary  to  corn  for  two-year-old  range 
steers  the  second  half  of  the  fattening  period. 

Cattle  feeding,  Manual  of.  A  treatise  on  the  laws  of  animal  nutrition 
and  the  chemistry  of  feeding  stuffs  in  their  application  to  the 
feeding  of  farm  animals.  By  Henry  P.  Armsby.  Third  edition. 
New  York:  John  Wiley  &  Sons,  1887,  pp.  525,  figs.  9.  This  book- 
was  first  published  in  1880,  and  is  largely  a  translation  from  Ger- 
man works,  especially  those  of  Wolff  and  Kuhn. 

Cattle  feeding  with  sugar  beets,  Sugar  ,molasses  and  sugar  beet  resi- 
duum. By  Lewis  S.  Ware.  Philadelphia:  The  Philadelphia  Book 
Co.,  1902,  pp.  xxiii-389,  illustrated. 

Cattle  food,  Patent.  By  G.  H.  Whitcher.  Bull.  15,  New  Hampshire 
Station,  Dec.,  1891,  pp.  7. 

Cattle  foods  and  feeding  rations.  BulletinNo.  17,  new  series,  New 
York  Station,  Oct.,  1889,  pp.  131-156.  Much  analytical  work. 

Cattle  foods,  A  study  in  the  economy  of.  By  G.  W.  Shaw.  Bull.  No. 
39,  Oregon  Exp.  Station,  Dec.,  1895,  pp.  31-52. 

Composition  of  American  food  materials,  The  average.  By  W.  O. 
Atwater.  Report  1896,  Storrs,  Conn.  Station,  pp.  190-198. 

Composition  of  common  food  materials^— available  nutrients  and  fuel 
value.  By  W.  O.  Atwater  and  A.  P.  Bryant.  Report  1899,  Storrs, 
Conn.  Station,  pp.  111-123. 

Composition  of  oxen,  sheep  and  pigs,  and  of  their  increase  whilst 
fattening,  On  the.  By  J.  B.  Lawes,  F.  R.  S.,  F.  C.  S.,  and  Dr.  J. 
H.  Gilbert,  F.  R.  S.,  F.  C.  S.  From  the  Journal  of  the  Royal 
Agricultural  Society  of  England,  vol.  xxi,  part  2,  1861,  pp.  58. 

Condimental,  Tonic  and  other  stock  foods.  By  William  Frear.  Bull 
No.  70,  Penn.  Exp.  Station,  Jan.,  1905,  pp.  7. 

Condimental  stock  foods.  By  F.  W.  Woll.  Bull.  151,  Wisconsin  Agr. 
Exp.  Station,  May,  1907,  pp.  40. 

Condimental  stock  foods  and  tonics.  By  Louis  G.  Michael  and  H.  O. 
Buckman.  Bull.  87,  Iowa  Agr.  Exp.  Station,  Jan.,  1907,  pp.  28. 

Corn  as  a  forage  crop,  Indian.  By  Wm.  H.  Caldwell.  Bull.  No.  11, 
Penn.  Exp.  Station,  April,  1890,  pp.  16. 

Corn  fodder  and  corn  stover,  Composition  and  digestibility  of.     By 

31 


Cyril  G.  Hopkins.  Bull.  58,  Illinois  Station,  April,  1900,  pp. 
361-370. 

Corn  fodder  and  silage,  "Digestibility  of.  By  H.  P.  Armsby  and  Wm. 
H.  Caldwell.  Bull.  No.  9,  Penn.  Exp.  Station,  Oct.,  1889,  pp.  16. 

Corn  plant,  A  study  of  the.  Bull.  No.  16  (new  series),  New  York 
Station,  July,  1889,  pp.  117-121. 

Cornstalks,  Cut  versus  uncut.  By  W.  A.  Henry.  Third  annual  re- 
port Wisconsin  Station  for  1885,  pp.  9-17. 

Corn  stover,  Composition  and  digestibility  of.  By  H.  P.  Armsby, 
Bull.  No.  3,  Penn.  Exp.  Station,  April,  1888,  pp.  16. 

Cotton  seed  and  cotton  seed  meal  in  the  dairy  ration,  Effect  of.  By 
Geo.  W.  Curtis  and  J.  M.  Carson.  Bull.  14,  Texas  Station, 
March,  1891,  pp.  61-73. 

Cotton  seed  meal  as  compared  with  bran  for  the  production  of  butter, 
The  value  of.  By  Thos.  F.  Hunt.  Bull.  No.  17,  Penn.  Exp.  Sta- 
tion, Oct.,  1891,  pp.  19. 

Cotton  seed  meal,  Composition  of  Texas.  By  H.  H.  Harrington  and 
G.  S.  Fraps.  Bull.  70,  Texas  Station,  March,  1904,  pp.  15. 

Cotton  seed  meal  upon  the  health  of  animals,  Effects  of  feeding.  By 
Elton  Fulmer.  Part  iii  of  Bull.  67,  Washington  Station,  1905, 
pp.  28-42. 

Dairy,  Feeding  waste  products  of  the.  By  W.  A.  Henry.  Fourth 
annual  report  Wisconsin  Station  for  1886,  pp.  21-25. 

Dietaries,  A  study  of  actual.  By  Charles  D.  Woods.  Report  1892, 
Storrs,  Conn.  Station,  pp.  135-163.  Also  report  1893,  pp.  174-197. 

Dietaries  of  college  students  and  of  members  of  families  of  profes- 
sional men,  Studies  of.  By  W.  O.  Atwater  and  R.  D.  Milner. 
Report  1899,  Storrs,  Conn.  Station,  pp.  124-149. 

Dietaries,  Studies  of.  By  W.  O.  Atwater  and  Chas.  D.  Woods.  Re- 
port 1895,  Storrs,  Conn.  Station,  pp.  129-174. 

Dietaries,  Studies  of.  By  W.  O.  Atwater  and  A.  P.  Bryant.  Report 
1896,  Storrs,  Conn.  Station,  pp.  117-158,  and  1897,  pp.  130-153. 

Digestibility,  availability  and  fuel  value,  Discussion  of  the  terms  of. 
By  W.  O.  Atwater.  Report  1899,  Storrs.  Conn.  Station,  pp. 
69-110. 

Digestion  and  feeding  experiments.  By  W.  H.  Jordan  and  C.  G. 
Jenter.  Bull.  141,  New  York  Station,  Dec.,  1897,  pp.  691-720.  Re- 
ports on  trials  with  the  new  corn  products,  and  calculation  of 
the  value  of  rations. 

Digestion  experiments  II;  Native  hays,  oat  straw,  pea  hay,  sweet 
clover  and  alfalfa.  By  Henry  G.  Knight,  Frank  E.  Hepner  and 
T.  F.  McConnell.  Bull.  No.  78,  Wyoming  Exp.  Station,  June, 
1908,  pp.  44. 

Digestion  experiments  with  native  hay.  By  Sanford  C.  Dinsmore,  B. 
S.,  and  P.  Beveridge  Kennedy,  Ph.  D.  Bull.  64,  Nevada  Agr. 
Exp.  Station,  Sept.,  1907,  pp.  23. 

Digestion  of  food  by  men,  Experiments  on  the.  By  W.  O.  Atwater. 
Report  1896,  Storrs,  Conn.  Station,  pp.  163-180. 

Digestion  of  foods  a  factor  in  feeding,  The  facility  of.     By   C.   L. 

32 


Beach.     Bull.  No.  43,  Storrs  Agr.  Exp.  Station,  Oct.,  1906,  pp.  23. 

Distillers  dried  grains  vs.  cottonseed  meal  as  a  source  of  protein.  By 
H.  P.  Armsby  and  A.  K.  Risser.  Bull.  No.  73,  Penn.  Exp.  Sta- 
tion, Sept.,  1905,  pp.  11. 

Equipment  for  feeding  experimental  cattle  in  carload  lots,  Storage 
barn,  sheds,  feed  lots  and  other.  By  Herbert  W.  Mumford  and 
Edwin  S.  Good.  Bull.  110,  Illinois  Agr.  Exp.  Station,  July,  1906, 
pp.  301-324,  plates  xv. 

Fat  in  the  animal  body,  On  the  formation  of.  By  J.  B.  Lawes,  LL. 
D.,  F.  R.  S.,  F.  C.  S.,  and  J.  H.  Gilbert,  Ph.  D.,  F.  R.  S.,  F.  C.  S. 
From  the  Journal  of  Anatomy  and  Physiology,  vol.  xi,  pt.  iv,  1877, 
pp.  577-588,  chart. 

Feeders'  guide,  Stock.  By  G.  H.  Whitcher.  Bull.  17,  New  Hamp- 
shire Station,  Oct.,  1892,  pp.  14. 

Feeding  and  management  of  live  stock.  A  series  of  lectures.  By 
Thomas  Shaw.  Second  edition.  St.  Anthony  Park,  Minnesota, 
1902,  pp.  99,  paper,  9  in. 

Feeding  animals.  A  practical  work  upon  the  laws  of  animal  growth, 
specially  applied  to  the  rearing  and  feeding  of  horses,  cattle, 
dairy  cows,  sheep  and  swine.  By  Elliott  W.  Stewart.  Third  ed- 
ition. Lake  View,  New  York.  Published  by  the  author,  1886, 
pp.  557,  illustrated.  Cloth,  ll/2  in.  Largely  devoted  to  the  prac- 
tice of  feeding. 

Feeding  experiment,  A.  By  F.  A.  Gulley.  Bull.  6,  Texas  Station, 
June,  1889,  pp.  39. 

Feeding  experiment,  1909-10.  Bull.  85,  Wyoming  Agr.  Exp.  Station, 
May,  1910,  pp.  12,  figs.  2. 

Feeding  experiments,  Abstracts  of.  By  Burt  L.  Hartwell.  Bull.  134, 
Rhode  Island  Exp.  Station,  April,  1909,  pp.  65-78. 

Feeding  experiments,  Abstracts  of.  Analysis  of  feeding  experiments. 
By  Burt  L.  Hartwell.  Bull.  140,  R.  I.  Agr.  Exp.  Station,  April, 
1910,  pp.  105-133. 

Feeding  experiments,  Some  recent.  By  Burt  L.  Hartwell.  Bull.  127, 
Rhode  Island  Agr.  Exp.  Station,  April,  1908,  pp.  143-161. 

Feeding  experiments  with  cattle.  By  E.  A.  Burnett  and  H.  R.  Smith. 
Bull.  85,  Neb.  Agr.  Exp.  Station,  Oct.  11,  1904,  pp.  22,  figs.  4.  In- 
cludes reports  on  experiments  on:  I,  hay  with  and  without  grain 
for  calves;  II,  roughness  supplementary  to  corn  for  fattening 
yearling  steers;  III,  corn  vs.  corn  and  oil  meal  on  grass  for  fat- 
tening two-year-old  steers. 

Feeding  farm  animals.  By  Thomas  Shaw.  New  York:  Orange  Judd 
Co.,  1907,  pp.  536.  Frontispiece.  20  cm.  The  latest  volume  on 
this  subject,  of  21  chapters.  Of  a  practical,  helpful  character, 
well  deserving  a  place  in  the  farmer's  library. 

Feeding  in  Europe,  Cattle,  sheep  and  hog.  By  Willard  John  Ken- 
nedy, B.  S.  A.  Bull.  No.  77,  Bureau  of  Animal  Industry,  U.  S. 
Dept.  of  Agric.,  1905,  pp.  98. 

Feeding  of  animals,  The.  By  Whitman  Howard  Jordan.  New  York: 
The  Macmillan  Co.,  1901,  pp.  450,  figs.  9.  Cloth,  7  in.  A  val- 

33 


uable  contribution  to  the  literature  of  feeding.  One  of  the  Rural 
Science  Series. 

Feeding  of  animals,  The  scientific.  By  Prof.  O.  Kellner.  Authorized 
translation  by  William  Goodwin,  B.  Sc.,  Ph.  D.  London:  Duck- 
worth &  Co.,  1909,  pp.  404.  Cloth,  13.5x19  cm.  A  most  val- 
uable and  recent  contribution  to  the  subject  of  feeds  and  feeding. 

Feeding  of  farm  animals,  The.  By  E.  W.  Allen.  Farmers'  Bulletin 
No.  22,  U.  S.  Dept.,  Agric,  1895,  pp.  32.  This  has  since  been  re- 
vised. 

Feeding  of  live  stock,  Experiments  in  the.  By  G.  E.  Day.  Bull.  110, 
Ontario  Agr.  College  and  Expt.  Farm,  Jan.,  1900,  pp.  12.  Re- 
ports on  rations  for  fattening  steers,  roots  for  milk  production, 
alfalfa  and  clover  hay  for  lambs,  etc. 

Feeding  of  stock  as  a  branch  of  farm  management.  By  Thomas  An- 
derson. Trans.  High,  and  Agr.  Soc.  Scot.,  1859-'61,  pp.  161-180. 

Feeding  of  animals  for  the  productions  of  meat  and  manure,  On  the 
chemistry  of  the.  By  J.  B.  Lawes,  F.  R.  S.,  F.  C.  S.  A  paper 
read  before  the  Royal  Dublin  Society,  March  31,  1864,  pp.  21. 

Feeding,  Principles  and  practice  of  stock.  By  J.  L.  Hills.  Bull.  No. 
81,  Vermont  Exp.  Station,  Sept.,  1900,  pp.  56. 

Feeding,  Profitable  stock.  A  book  for  the  farmer.  By  Howard  R. 
Smith,  Lincoln,  Neb.  Published  by  the  author,  1906,  pp.  413,  nu- 
merous illustrations.  Cloth,  5^x8  in.  A  valuable  contribution 
to  the  literature  of  feeding  animals,  as  based  on  practice. 

Feeding,  Rational  stock.  By  W.  J.  Spillman.  Bull.  43,  Washington 
Station,  1900,  pp.  48.  This  is  a  revised  edition  of  Bulletin  29  of 
that  station. 

Feeding  stuffs,  Analyses  of  commercial.  Bull.  127,  April,  1908,  and 
Bull.  134,  April,  1909,  Rhode  Island  Agr.  Exp.  Station,  pp.  162-179 
and  79-98. 

Feeding  stuffs,  Commercial.  By  Thomas  I.  Mairs.  Bull.  No.  81, 
Penn.  Exp.  Station,  Nov.,  1906,  pp.  15. 

Feeding  stuffs,  Concentrated.  Bull.  230,  New  Jersey  Agr.  Exp.  Sta- 
tion, April  21,  1910,  pp.  50. 

Feeding  stuffs,  Concentrated  commercial.  Bull.  141,  Purdue  Univ. 
Agr.  Exp.  Station,  April,  1910,  pp.  165-440. 

Feeding  stuffs,  Inspection  of.  Bull.  98,  New  Hampshire  Station,  Feb., 
1903,  pp.  15-23.  Contains  analyses  of  feeding  stuffs  and  copy 
of  New  Hampshire  law  to  regulate  the  sale  of  concentrated  com- 
mercial feeding  stuffs. 

Feeding  stuffs,  Relative  values  of.  By  H.  P.  Armsby.  Bull.  No.  71, 
Penn.  Exp.  Station,  May,  1907,  pp.  16. 

Feeding,  Science  and  practice  of  stock.  By  G.  H.  Whitacher.  Bull. 
4,  New  Hampshire  Station,  Nov.,  1888,  pp.  31. 

Feeding  standards  and  composition  of  feeding  stuffs.  By  H.  P.  Arms- 
by. Report  Penn.  Exp.  Station,  1888,  pp.  47-54. 

Feeds  and  feeding.  A  handbook  for  the  student  and  stockman.  By 
W.  A.  Henry.  Madison,  Wis. :  Published  by  the  author,  1898, 
pp.  657.  Cloth,  9  in.  A  very  valuable  work  on  principles  of 

34 


animal  nutrition,  the  composition  and  characteristics  of  feeding 
stuffs,  the  results  of  experimental  feeding  of  horses,  cattle,  sheep 
and  swine,  and  a  discussion  of  common  practice  with  the  herd 
and  flock.  A  new,  completely  revised  and  rewritten  edition 
was  published  in  October,  1910,  bringing  this  volume  down  to 
date. 

Flaxseed  meal  and  oil  meal.  By  Jas.  Wilson,  C.  F.  Curtiss  and  D.  A. 
Kent.  Bull.  16,  Iowa  Station,  Feb.,  1892,  pp.  299-302. 

Florida  feed  stuffs,  Feeding  with.  By  H.  E.  Stockbridge.  Bull.  No. 
55,  Florida  Exp.  Station,  Sept.,  1900,  pp.  215-308.  Numerous 
plates. 

Fodders  and  feeding  stuffs,  Results  of  analyses  of.  By  Chas.  D. 
Woods.  Report  1892,  Storrs,  Conn.  Station,  pp.  23-46.  Also  re- 
port 1893,  pp.  17-42. 

Fodders,  Composition  and  digestibility  of.  Bull.  3,  Wisconsin  Sta- 
tion, June,  1884,  pp.  15. 

Food  and  fertilizing  constituents  of  feeding  materials,  Commercial 
valuation  of  the.  Bull.  31,  new  series,  New  York  Station,  May, 
1891,  pp.  481-497. 

Food,  Economy  of.  By  W.  O.  Atwater.  Report  1892,  Storrs,  Conn. 
Station,  pp.  163-190. 

Food  of  man  studies.  By  L.  H.  Merrill.  Bull.  No.  158,  Maine  Agr. 
Exp.  Station,  June,  1908,  pp.  219-238. 

Food  for  stock,  Reports  on  different  descriptions  of.  By  R.  J.  Thom- 
son, Trans.  High,  and  Agr.  Soc.,  Scot.,  1868-'69,  pp.  52-71.  Feed- 
ing milch  cows  roots,  beans,  oatmeal. 

Food  investigations.  By  W.  O.  Atwater  and  Chas.  D.  Woods.  Re- 
port 1891,  Storrs,  Conn.  Station,  pp.  41-172.  An  elaborate  study 
of  the  dietary,  covering  the  following  chapters:  1,  Introductory 
statement;  2,  The  composition  of  food  materials;  3,  A  study  of 
dietaries;  4,  American  and  European  dietaries  and  dietary  stand- 
ards; 5,  Results  and  methods  of  food  investigation;  6,  The  chem- 
istry and  economy  of  foods.  Also  report  1895,  pp.  114-128. 

Food  of  animals  and  the  fattening  of  cattle,  Experimental  researches 
on  the,  with  remarks  on  the  food  of  man.  Based  on  experiments 
undertaken  by  order  of  the  British  Government.  By  Robert  Dun- 
das  Thomson.  From  the  last  London  edition.  New  York:  C. 
M.  Saxon  &  Co.,  1856,  pp.  172.  Cloth,  7^.  in. 

Foods,  Farm;  or  the  rational  feeding  of  farm  animals.  By  Professor 
Emil  von  Wolff.  Translated  by  Herbert  H.  Cousins.  London: 
Gurney  &  Jackson,  1895,  pp.  365,  19.5  cm.  From  the  sixth  edi- 
tion of  Landwirtschaftliche  Futterungslehre.  Much  the  same  as 
Armsby's  work  on  Cattle  Feeding. 

Forage  crops.  By  J.  Fremont  Hickman.  Bull.  No.  70,  Ohio  Exp. 
Station,  April,  1896,  pp.  81-107,  plates  iii.  Reports  on  (l)  Legu- 
minous, (2)  gramineous,  and  (3)  miscellaneous  forage  crops. 

Gluten  feeds  and  meal.  Bull.  No.  48,  Vermont  Exp.  Station,  Oct., 
1895,  pp.  63-78. 

Grain  alone,  Feeding  ruminants  on.    Bull.  No.  21,  Utah  Exp.  Station, 

35 


pp.   14. 

Grass  and  forage  crops.    By  J.  H.  Shepperd.     Bull.  40,  North  Dakota 
Station,  April,  1899,  pp.   459-471. 
pp.  23-52. 

Hay  substitutes.  By  D.  O.  Nourse.  Bull.  148,  Virginia  Station,  May, 
1903,  pp.  83-90. 

Illinois,  Stock  feeding  in.  By  G.  E.  Morrow.  Bull.  36,  Illinois  Sta- 
tion, Aug.,  1894,  pp.  421-431. 

Inorganic  acids  and  bases  in  animal  nutrition,  The  balance  between. 
By  E.  B.  Forbes,  Bull.  207,  Ohio  Agric.  Exp.  Station,  Aug.,  1909, 

Kafir,  Summary  of  digestion  experiments  with.  Bull.  No.  35,  Okla- 
homa Exp.  Station,  Nov.,  1898,  pp.  4. 

Kansas  feeds,  Digestion  experiments  with.  By  J.  T.  Willard  and  R. 
W.  Clothier.  Bull.  103,  Kansas  Station,  June,  1901,  pp.  253-275. 

Linseed  meal,  corn  meal  and  wheat  bran  for  milch  cows,  On  the  com- 
parative feeding  value  of.  By  F.  W.  Woll.  Tenth  annual  report 
Wisconsin  Station,  1894,  pp.  113-130. 

Maintenance,  Food  of.  By  T.  L.  Haecker.  Eleventh  Ann.  Report 
Minn.  Station,  1902-'03,  pp.  89-97. 

Maintenance  ration  of  cattle.  By  H.  P.  Armsby.  Bull.  No.  42,  Penn. 
Exp.  Station,  May,  1898,  pp.  188,  plates  xvii.  An  elaborate  study 
based  on  digestion  experiments. 

Mangels  and  sugar  beets  versus  silage.  Yield,  cost  and  feeding  value. 
By  H.  J.  Waters  and  R.  J.  Weld.  Bull.  No.  26,  Penn.  Exp.  Sta- 
tion, Jan.,  1894,  pp.  19,  and  charts. 

Meat  production,  Feeding  for.  By  Henry  Prentiss  Armsby,  Ph.  D., 
LL.  D.  Bull.  108,  Bureau  of  Animal  Industry,  U.  S.  Dept.  Agr., 
Washington,  1908,  pp.  89. 

Metabolism  and  physiological  effects  of  certain  phosphorous  com- 
pounds with  milch  cows,  The.  By  W.  H.  Jordan,  E.  B.  Hart 
and  A.  J.  Patten.  Technical  Bulletin  No.  1,  New  York  Agr. 
Exp.  Station,  November,  1906,  pp.  59. 

Metabolism  in  the  human  organism,  Investigations  on.  By  W.  O. 
Atwater,  C.  D.  Woods  and  F.  G.  Benedict.  Report  1896,  Storrs, 
Conn.  Station,  pp.  85-116. 

Methods  of  preparing  corn  and  clover  hay  for  fattening  steers,  Com- 
parison of.  By  Herbert  W.  Mumford.  Bull.  103,  111.  Agr.  Exp. 
Station,  August,  1905,  pp.  43-94,  plates  xi. 

Mineral  elements  in  animal  nutrition.  By  E.  B.  Forbes.  Bull.  201, 
Ohio  Agric.  Exp.  Station,  Jan.,  1909,  pp.  129-172. 

New  England  feeding  stuffs,  Composition  of.  By  Chas.  D.  Woods. 
Report  1893,  Storrs,  Conn.  Station,  pp.  140-167. 

New  York,  Commercial  feeding  stuffs  in.  By  W.  H.  Jordan  and  C. 
G.  Jenter.  Bull.  No.  166,  Dec.,  1899,  pp.  233-274. 

Nitrogenous  feeding  stuffs  and  feeding  formulas  for  dairy  cows.  By 
W.  O.  Atwater  and  C.  S.  Phelps.  Report  1897,  Storrs,  Conn. 
Station,  pp.  67-129. 

Nutrient  requirements.  By  T.  L.  Haecker.  Eleventh  Ann.  Rept. 
Minn.  Station,  1902-'03,  pp.  98-112. 

36 


Nutrients  in  food  materials,  Proportion  of  digestible.  By  W,  O.  At- 
water.  Report  1896,  Storrs,  Conn.  Station,  pp.  109-204. 

Animal  nutrition,  The  principles  of.  With  special  reference  to  the 
nutrition  of  farm  animals.  By  Henry  Prentiss  Armsby.  First 
edition.  New  York:  John  Wiley  &  Sons,  1903,  pp.  614.  Cloth, 
9%  m-  The  most  recent  and  most  important  contribution  on  this 
subject  in  the  English  language,  written  especially  for  the  grad- 
uate student,  for  the  one  already  familiar  with  the  more  ele- 
mentary phases  of  animal  nutrition. 

Oil  meal,  Comparative  feeding  value  of.  By  Henry  Snyder.  AnnuaS 
Report  Minnesota  Station  for  1896,  pp.  25. 

Old  vs.  new  process  oil  meal.  By  James  Wilson  and  C.  Reed.  Bull. 
33,  Iowa  Station,  1896,  pp.  591-593. 

Pastures  in  New  York.  By  Paul  J.  White,  I.  P.  Roberts  and  G.  F. 
Warren.  Bull.  280,  Cornell  Univ.  Agr.  Exp.  Station,  July,  1910, 
pp.  351-397,  figs.  151-165. 

Pea-cannery  refuse  for  forage,  The  Utilization  of.  By  M.  A.  Crosby. 
Circ.  45,  Bureau  of  Plant  Industry,  U.  S.  Dept.  of  Agric.,  pp.  12. 
Issued  Feb.  4,  1910. 

Pear  to  stock  in  Texas,  Feeding  prickly.  By  David  Griffiths.  Bull. 
91,  Bureau  of  Animal  Industry,  U.  S.  Dept.  Agr.,  Washington, 
1906,  pp.  23,  plates  iii. 

Pears  by  cattle,  Experiments  on  the  digestibility  of  prickly.  By  R.  F. 
Hare.  Bull,  69,  New  Mex.  Agr.  Exp.  Station,  Sept.,  1908,  pp.  48. 
figs.  3.  Also  see  Bull.  106,  Bureau  of  Animal  Industry,  U.  S. 
Dept.  of  Agr. 

Phosphorus  in  the  nutrition  of  animals,  Role  of  inorganic.  By  E.  B. 
Hart,  E.  V.  McCollum  and  J.  G.  Fuller.  Research  Bulletin  No. 
1,  Univ.  of  Wisconsin  Agr.  Exp.  Station,  June,  1909,  pp.  38,  figs.  7. 

Protein  requirements.  By  T.  L.  Haecker.  Eleventh  Ann.  Rept. 
Minn.  Station,  1902-'03,  pp.  113-127. 

Rape,  Growth  and  uses  of.  By  Thomas  Shaw.  Bull.  Ix,  Ontario  Agr. 
College,  March  25,  1891,  pp.  7.  Also  Bulletin  Ixxiv. 

Ration  to  its  composition,  The  relation  of  the  effect  of  the.  By  Prof. 
G.  C.  Caldwell.  Second  report  Cornell  Exp.  Station,  1882,  pp. 
18-22. 

Rations  for  beef  breeding  cows,  Maintenance.  By  Herbert  W.  Mum- 
ford,  Bull.  Ill,  111.  Agr.  Exp.  Station,  Aug.,  1906,  pp.  323-342, 
pi.  iv. 

Rations  for  farm  animals,  Tables  for  computing.  By  J.  L.  Stone. 
Bull.  154,  Cornell  Univ.  Exp.  Station,  Nov.,  1898,  pp.  136-156. 

Rations,   The   calculation   of.     By    Chas.    D.    Woods.      Report    1893, 

Storrs,  Conn.  Station,  pp.  168-173. 

Rations,  The  exact  calculation  of  balanced.  By  J.  T.  Willard.  Bull. 
115,  Kansas  Station,  Dec.,  1902,  pp.  97-146.  Contains  a  large 
amount  of  tabular  matter  showing  composition  of  feeding  stuffs, 
nutritive  ratios,  etc. 

Renal  and  urinary  calculi.  The  influence  of  feeding  sugar  beets  and 
mangels  to  breeding  animals  with  special  reference  to  the  for- 

37 


mation  of.  By  Louis  G.  Michael.  Bull.  112,  Iowa  Agr.  Exp. 
Station,  March,  1910,  pp.  33-77,  figs.  9. 

Rice  by-products,  Composition  of.  By  G.  S.  Fraps.  Bull.  73,  Texas 
Station,  July,  1904,  pp.  14. 

Root  crops  vs.  dry  food,  Feeding.  By  J.  W.  Sanborn.  Bull.  No.  17, 
Utah  Exp.  Station,  pp.  12. 

Root  feeding.  By  F.  L.  Kent.  Bull.  No.  54,  Oregon  Exp.  Station, 
May,  1898,  pp.  17-19. 

Roots  and  forage  crops,  Experiments  with.  By  F.  Wm.  Rane.  Bull. 
57,  New  Hampshire  Station,  Sept.,  1898,  pp.  127-153,  figs.  14. 

Roots,  Feeding.     Fourth  Report  Utah  Exp.   Station,   1893,  pp.  21-23. 

Rye,  Digestibility  of  soiling.  By  William  Frear.  Bull.  No.  5,  Penn. 
Exp.  Station,  Oct.,  1888,  pp.  11. 

Salt  marsh  hay,  Feeding  value  of.  By  J.  B.  Lindsey  and  B.  K.  Jones. 
Bull.  50,  Hatch  Exp.  Sta.,  Mass.  Agr.  College,  Jan.,  1898,  pp.  48. 

Soiling.     By  James  Wilson.  Bull.  23,  Iowa  Station,  1893,  pp.  865-873. 

Soiling  crop,  Succotash  as  a.  By  R.  S.  Shaw.  Bull.  235,  Michigan 
Agr.  Exp.  Station,  Feb.,  1906,  pp.  117-127,  figs.  4. 

Soiling  crops,  Digestibility  of.  By  William  Frear,  Wm.  H.  Caldwell 
et  al.  Report  Penn.  Exp.  Station,  1888,  pp.  77-95. 

Soiling  experiment.  By  Jas.  Wilson,  C.  F.  Curtiss,  D.  A.  Kent  and 
G.  E.  Patrick.  Bull.  15,  Iowa  Station,  Nov.,  1891,  pp.  274-283. 

Soiling  experiments  with  leguminous  and  cereal  crops.  By  C.  S. 
Phelps.  Report  1895,  Storrs,  Conn.  Station,  pp.  77-92. 

Soiling  of  cattle,  Essays  on  the.  Illustrated  from  experience,  and 
an  address  containing  suggestions  which  may  be  useful  to  farm- 
ers. By  Josiah  Quincy,  with  a  memoir  of  the  author,  by  Ed- 
mund Quincy.  Boston:  A.  Williams  &  Co.,  1866,  pp.  121.  Cloth, 
1Y4  in. 

Sorghum,  Value  as  a  feed  stuff.  By  H.  H.  Harrington,  Duncan  Ad- 
riance  and  P.  S.  Tilson.  Bull.  13,  Texas  Station,  Dec.,  1890,  pp. 
29-38. 

Southern  food  stuffs,  Digestibility  of.  By  H.  H.  Harrington.  Bull. 
15,  Texas  Station,  May,  1891,  pp.  86-90. 

Stall  feeding  versus  grazing.  By  Andrew  M.  Soule  and  John  R.  Fain. 
Bull.  164,  Virginia  Agr.  Exp.  Station,  Jan.,  1907,  pp.  49-88,  figs.  11. 

Stock  poisoning  plants  of  North  Dakota,  Some.  By  L.  Van  Es  and 
L.  R.  Waldron.  Bull.  58,  North  Dakota  Station,  Dec.,  1903,  pp. 
321-354. 

Succulence,  Investigation  regarding.  By  F.  W.  Robison.  Bull.  No. 
32,  Michigan  Exp.  Station.  Report  1905,  Mich.  Board  of  Agri- 
culture. 

Sugar  beets  as  stock  food.  By  I.  P.  Roberts.  Bull.  25,  Cornell  Univ. 
Exp.  Station,  Dec.,  1890,  pp.  160-162. 

Tankage,  White  middlings  vs.  corn  chop  and.  By  T.  I.  Mairs  and 
S.  W.  Doty.  Bull.  95,  Pennsylvania  Agr.  Exp.  Station,  Dec.,  1909, 
pp.  16,  figs.  6. 

Timothy  hay,  Comparing  prairie  hay  with.  By  T.  L.  Haecker.  An- 
nual report  Minnesota  Station  for  1894,  pp.  65-81.  Also  pub- 

38 


lished   in    Bulletin   35.      Report    on   feeding   dairy   cows   for   milk 

and  butter  fat  production. 
Timothy,  lucerne  and  wild  hay,  Relative  feeding  values  of.     By  J.  W. 

Sanborn.     Bull.   No.   29,  Utah   Exp.   Station,  pp.   15-20. 
Timothy,   The   digestibility   of   green   and   dry.      By   Wm.    P.    Cutter. 

Bull.  No.  29,  Utah  Exp.  Station,  pp.  12. 
Vetch  hay  and  corn  silage,  Digestibility  of.     By  James  Withycombe 

and  A.   L.   Knisely.     Bull.   No.  85,  Oregon  Exp.   Station,   March, 

1905,  pp.  13. 
Whole  grain,  Feeding.     By  R.  S.  Shaw  and  H.  W.  Norton,  Jr.     Bull. 

242,  Mich,  Agr.  Exp.  Station,  Oct.,  1906,  pp.  57-G7,  figs.  3. 


HEREDITY. 

American  Breeders'  Association,  Report.  Volume  i,  1905,  pp  243, 
plates  vii,  23J^  cm.  Proceedings  of  the  first  meeting  of  the 
American  Breeders'  Association  held  at  St.  Louis,  Mo.,  Dec.  29 
and  30,  1903,  and  of  second  meeting  held  at  Champaign,  111., 
Feb.  1-3,  1905.  Vol.  ii,  1906,  pp.  257,  plate  i.  Meeting  held  at 
Lincoln,  Neb.,  Jan.  17-19,  1906.  Vol.  iii,  1907,  pp.  305.  Meeting 
held  at  Columbus,  O.,  Jan.  15-18,  1907.  Vol.  iv,  1908,  pp.  373, 
illustrated.  Meeting  held  at  Washington,  Jan.  28-30,  1908.  Vol. 
v,  1909,  pp.  420,  illustrated.  Meeting  held  at  Columbia,  Mo.,  Jan. 
6-8,  1909.  These  volumes  contain  many  interesting  and  valuable 
communications  by  eminent  scientists,  stockmen  and  persons  in- 
terested in  heredity  with  plants  and  animals. 

Animals  and  plants  under  domestication,  The  variation  of.  By 
Charles  Darwin.  In  two  volumes.  New  York:  D.  Appleton  and 
Co.,  1890,  pp.  473  and  495,  illustrated,  20  cm.  Every  student  of 
breeding  should  have  this  famous  work  in  his  library.  Many 
editions  of  this  have  been  published,  the  first  appearing  in  1868. 

Animal  Breeding.  By  Thomas  Shaw.  New  York  and  Chicago: 
Orange  Judd  Co.,  1901,  pp.  406,  illustrated,  19  cm.  One  of  the 
most  recent  American  contributions. 

Biology,  The  principles  of.  By  Herbert  Spencer.  New  York:  D. 
Appleton  &  Co.,  1900,  cloth,  vols.  2,  pp.  xii-f706  and  xii-|-663.  A 
revised  and  enlarged  edition  of  a  very  noted  work  by  one  of 
the  great  scientific  leaders  of  the  past. 

Breeders'  Association,  State  stock.  By  Geo.  M.  Rommel,  B.  S.  A. 
Bull.  No.  64,  Bureau  of  Animal  Industry,  U.  S.  Dept.  of  Agr., 
1904,  pp.  53. 

Breeding  for  the  improvement  of  Michigan  cattle,  Methods  of.  Cir- 
cular No.  4,  Michigan  Agric.  College,  Jan.,  1909,  pp.  33-39. 

Cattle  Breeders'  Associations  in  Michigan,  Organization  of  co-oper- 
ative. Circular  No.  4,  Michigan  Agr.  College,  Jan.,  1909,  pp. 
39-44. 

Cattle  breeding,  The  theory  and  practice  of.  By  William  Warfield. 
Chicago:  J.  H.  Sanders  Publishing  Co.,  1889,  pp.  390.  An  in- 
teresting exposition  of  the  views  of  a  prominent  American 
Shorthorn  breeder. 

Community  breeders'  associations  for  dairy  cattle  improvement.  By 
G.  C.  Humphrey.  Bull.  189,  Wis.  Agr.  Exp.  Station,  Feb.,  1910, 
pp.  21,  figs.  7. 

Darwinism  today.  By  Vernon  L.  Kellogg.  New  York:  Henry  Holt 
&  Co.,  cloth,  1907,  pp.  403.  Quoting  from  the  title  page  it  is  "a 
discussion  of  present  day  scientific  criticism  of  the  Darwinian 
selection  theories,  together  with  a  brief  account  of  the  prin- 
cipal proposed  auxilliary  and  alternative  theories  of  species- 
forming." 

Darwin  and  domestication.  By  S.  T.  Frost.  Harper's  Magazine, 
vol.  36,  1867-68,  pp.  58-63. 

40 


Darwinism.  An  exposition  of  the  theory  of  natural  selection,  with 
some  of  its  applications.  By  Alfred  Russel  Wallace.  London: 
Macmillan  &  Co.,  and  New  York,  1891,  cloth,  pp.  xvi-f494,  figs. 
37  and  map.  A  noted  work  by  a  famous  scientist. 

Domesticated  animals,  The  comparative  anatomy  of  the.  By  A. 
Chauveau,  M.  D.,  LL.  D.  Revised  and  enlarged  with  the  co- 
operation of  S.  Arloing.  Second  English  edition,  translated  and 
edited  by  George  Fleming,  C.  B.,  LL.  D.,  F.  R.  C.  V.  S.  Ne* 
York  and  London:  D.  Applcton  &  Co.,  1910,  pp.  1084,  figs.  585, 
cloth.  The  standard  work  of  the  kind  translated  from  the 
French. 

Evolution  and  disease.  By  J.  Bland  Sutton.  London:  The  Walter 
Scott  Pub.  Co.  Ltd.  New  York:  Chas.  Scribner's  Sons,  1908, 
cloth,  pp.  285,  figs.  136. 

Fecundity  of  Poland  China  and  Duroc-Jersey  sows.  By  George  M. 
Rommel.  Circ.  95,  Bureau  of  Animal  Industry,  U.  S.  Dept.  of 
Agric.,  May,  1906,  pp.  12. 

Germinal  selection  as  a  source  of  definite  variation,  On.  By  August 
Weismann.  Second  edition.  Chicago:  The  Open  Court  Pub. 
Co.,  1902,  pp.  87,  cloth. 

Heredity.  By  J.  Arthur  Thomson,  M.  A.  London:  John  Murray, 
cloth,  1908,  pp.  605,  figs.  49.  One  of  the  clear  and  comprehen- 
sive modern  discussions  of  heredity,  by  a  leading  authority.  A 
valuable  bibliography  of  58  pages  gives  many  titles  of  prominent 
contributions  to  the  literature  of  heredity. 

Heredity  and  kindred  biological  problems,  Essays  upon.  By  Dr. 
August  Weismann.  Edited  by  Edward  B.  Poulton,  Selmar 
Schonland  and  Arthur  E.  Shipley.  Authorized  translation.  Sec- 
ond edition.  Oxford:  At  the  Clarendon  Press,  1891,  cloth,  vol.  i, 
pp.  xv-f-471;  vol.  ii,  pp.  viii+226. 

Heredity:  A  psychological  study  of  its  phenomena,  laws,  causes,  and 
consequences.  From  the  French  of  Th.  Ribot.  New  York:  D. 
Appleton  &  Co.,  1898,  pp.  393,  20  cm.  A  frequently  quoted  work. 

Heredity  of  coat  characters  in  guinea  pigs  and  rabbits.  By  W.  E. 
Castle.  Published  by  the  Carnegie  Institution  of  Washington, 
1905,  pp.  78,  figs.  12. 

Heredity  of  hair-length  in  guinea  pigs  and  its  bearing  on  the  theory 
of  pure  gametes.  By  W.  E.  Castle  and  Alexander  Forbes.  Pub- 
lished by  the  Carnegie  Institution  of  Washington,  May,  1906, 
pp.  14,  figs.  2. 

Horse  breeding  industry  in  Wisconsin.  By  A.  S.  Alexander.  Bull. 
141,  Wisconsin  Agr.  Exp.  Station,  Nov.,  1906,  pp.  162,  illustrated. 

Horse  breeders,  Timely  hints  to.  By  Carl  W.  Gay.  Bull.  181,  Penn- 
sylvania Dept.  of  Agric.,  Harrisburg,  1909,  pp.  24. 

Improvement  of  American  breeding  stock,  A  plan  for  the.  By 
George  M.  Rommel,  B.  S.  A.  Circular  No.  62,  Bureau  of  Animal 
Industry,  U.  S.  Dept.  of  Agric.,  1904,  pp.  316-325. 

Inheritance  in  canaries.  By  Charles  B.  Davenport.  Published  by 
the  Carnegie  Institution  of  Washington,  1908,  pp.  26,  plates  iii. 

41 


o£    By  W.  E  Casde,  a. 
with  H.  E,  Waller,  JL  C  M«HrWr  ^  g_  Cobb.     Pabfished  by 
the  Carnegie  Institmion  of  Washington.  l9Otr  pp.  76.  jfat-.  -„_ 

oral  iaftjeataaue.     By  Francis  Gabon,  F.  S.  S. 
msUan  ft  Co,  188§T  pp.  z»,  figs.  1€.    A 


volume. 

of  cpeciea,  by  means  of  natural  <»-V^iiM^J  or  the 
of  favored  races  in  die  struggle  for  Hie.    By  Charles  Darwin, 

and  last  English  edition.  Two  volumes  in  one.  New  York:  D 
Appleton  ft  Co,  19O4,  clorh.  pp.  xrrin— 3K  and  vn— 336.  One  of 
die 


Charles  Black,  1899,  pp.  177,  figs.  45, 


in.    By  C  B.  Dzvenport.    PnMiAed  by  die  Car 


of  breeding.    By  Eugene  Dave 
1907,  pp.  727,  figs.  52— fi,  clodi,  21?^ 


.     ,---       ..__    »-    _  :. 


The  s  a 

tribtstJon  to  die  study  of  breeding,    lie  >tMume  K 
four  parts,  (1)  on  variation.  (2)   causes  of  variation.  (3) 
mission  and  (4)  practical  problems.     The  work 


The  mathematical  side  of  the  subject  is  also  «lit«  irvstd,  both  by 
the  author,  and  in  an  jpjii  iidii  •  ••••a^.i^ii  by  Dr.  Sietz,  ASSL 
Prof,  of  Mathematics  of  IHsnois  T/niTersiry. 

of  breeding.  The;  or  gfimpses  at  die  ptysiologkal  laws  in- 
volved in  the  reproduction  and  nnj»m»i  UK  •»  of  domestic  am- 
mals.  By  S.  L.  Goodale.  Boston:  Crosby,  Xichofe,  Lee  ft  Co_ 
1861,  pp.  164.  1»S  cm.  Of  essay  character. 

br^rcnii   znc   :t»  ~TS_ en.    Z^r.   «    r?sf    erf 
By  Prof.  W.  E.  Castle.    Science,  xrv,  pp.  151-153. 

By 

ford  MacCnrdy  and  W.  E-  Castle.     Published  by  the 


Institution  of  Washington,  If  ay.  19OT,  pp.  30.  ificstraxed. 

By  T.  H.  Morgmn.    Science,  xxxx.  Feb.  a.  1909.  pp.  334-97. 
Sex  heredity,  A  MinifclJM  view  of.    By  W.  E  Castte.    Science,  xxiz. 
March  &.  190S>  pp.  ss^-400. 

Edmund  B.  Wilson.    Science,  xxnc  Jan.  fi,  19O9,  pp. 
Sex  relations  IB 


By  Edmund  B.  Wilson.    Science,  xxix,  April  30,  1909,  pp.  704-706 

Sex,  The  evolution  of.  By  Professor  Patrick  Geddes  and  J.  Arthur 
Thomson.  Revised  edition.  London:  Walter  Scott.  New  York: 
Charles  Scribner's  Sons,  1901,  cloth,  pp.  342,  ills.  A  scientific 
and  comprehensive  discussion  of  sex  evolution. 

Species  and  their  varieties:  Their  origin  by  mutation.  Lectures  de- 
livered at  the  University  of  California.  By  Hugo  DeVries,  Pro- 
fessor of  Botany  in  the  Univ.  of  Amsterdam.  Edited  by  Daniel 
Trembly  MacDougal,  Director  Dept.  of  Botanical  Research,  Car- 
negie Institution  of  Washington.  Second  edition.  Chicago:  The 
Open  Court  Pub.  Co.,  1906,  pp.  847,  frontispiece. 

Stock-breeding:  A  practical  treatise  on  the  application  of  the  laws 
of  development  and  heredity  to  the  improvement  and  breeding 
of  domestic  animals.  By  Manly  Miles.  New  York:  D.  Apple- 
ton  &  Co.,  1888,  pp.  428.  Various  editions  of  this  interesting 
work  have  been  issued,  the  volume  being  copyrighted  in  1878. 

Studies  in  stock  breeding.  An  inquiry  into  the  various  phenomena 
connected  with  the  breeding  of  the  domestic  animals.  By 
George  A.  Brown  ("Bruni").  Melbourne:  Walker,  May  &  Co., 
1902,  pp.  426,  22  cm.  A  most  interesting  volume  by  a  thorough 
student. 

Variation,  heredity  and  evolution,  Recent  progress  in  the  study  of. 
By  Robert  Heath  Lock,  M.  A.  New  York:  E.  P.  Dutton  &  Co.. 
cloth,  1910,  pp.  334,  figs.  45.  The  author  gives  much  attention 
to  biometry,  Mendelism  and  modern  phases  of  heredity. 

Wild  traits  in  tame  animals,  being  some  familiar  studies  in  evolution. 
By  Louis  Robinson,  M.  D.  William  Blackwood  &  Sons,  Edin- 
burgh and  London,  1897,  cloth,  pp.  329,  frontispiece. 


43 


HORSES 

America,  The  horse  in.  By  John  Gilmer  Speed.  Century  Magazine, 
vol.  66,  1903,  pp.  667-683,  illustrated. 

American  horses.  By  Hugh  Craig.  Harper's  Magazine,  vol.  67,  1883, 
pp.  340-346,  illustrated. 

American  horses  and  horse  breeding.  A  complete  history  of  the 
horse  from  the  remotest  period  in  his  history  to  date.  The 
horseman's  encyclopedia  and  standard  authority  on  horses,  em- 
bracing breeds,  families,  breeding,  training,  shoeing  and  general 
management,  etc.  By  John  Dimon.  Hartford,  Conn.:  Published 
by  the  author,  1895,  pp.  449,  illustrated,  23V2  cm. 

Arab  horse,  My  quest  of  the.  By  Homer  Davenport.  New  York: 
B.  W.  Dodge  &  Co.,  cloth,  1909,  pp.  276,  illustrated.  The  most 
recent  work  on  the  Arabian,  giving  interesting  oriental  experi- 
ences of  the  author. 

Ashgill,  or  the  life  and  times  of  John  Osborne.  Written  and  com- 
piled by  J.  B.  Radcliffe  ("Saxon").  London:  Sands  &  Company, 
1900,  pp.  500,  many  plates,  23  cm.  Reminiscences  of  the  British 
turf. 

Biggie  horse  book.  A  concise  and  practical  treatise  on  the  horse, 
original  and  compiled.  Adapted  to  the  needs  of  farmers  and 
others  who  have  a  kindly  regard  for  this  noble  servitor  of  man. 
Philadelphia:  Wilmer  Atkinson  Co.,  1894,  pp.  121,  illustrated. 
Cloth,  324x5j4  in.  Fits  into  the  vest  pocket. 

Bits  and  bearing  reins,  with  observations  on  horses  and  harness.  By 
Edward  Fordham  Flower.  London,  Paris  and  New  York:  Cas- 
sell,  Petter  and  Galpin,  second  edition,  n.  d.,  55  pp.,  plates  4, 
22  cm. 

Book  of  the  horse,  The.  (Thoroughbred,  half-bred,  cart-bred),  saddle 
and  harness,  British  and  foreign,  with  hints  on  horsemanship: 
the  management  of  the  stable;  breeding,  breaking  and  training 
for  the  road,  the  park,  the  field.  By  S.  Sidney.  London,  Paris, 
New  York:  Cassell  Petter  and  Galpin,  n.  d.,  pp.  604,  many  il- 
lustrations, including  colored  plates,  28  cm.  Contains  .an  im- 
mense amount  of  information  based  on  British  ideas  and 
methods. 

Breeding  and  management  of  draught  horses,  An  essay  on  the.  By 
Richard  S.  Reynolds,  M.  R.  C.  V.  S.  London:  Balliere,  Tindall 
&  Co.,  1882,  pp.  vi+104. 

Breeding,  Horse.  Being  the  general  principles  of  heredity  applied 
to  the  business  of  breeding  horses,  with  instructions  for  the 
management  of  stallions,  brood  mares  and  young  foals,  and  se- 
lection of  breeding  stock.  By  J.  H.  Sanders.  Chicago:  J.  H. 
Sanders  Pub.  Co.,  1893,  pp.  428,  figs.  16,  20  cm.  A  very  interest- 
ing volume  by  a  well  known  American  live  stock  author  and 
editor. 

Breeding  in  England  and  India  and  army  horses  abroad,  Horse.  By 
Sir  Walter  Gilbey.  London:  Vinton  &  Co.,  1901,  pp.  56,  illustrat- 

44 


ed,  22  cm. 

Breeding  race  horses  by  the  figure  system.  Compiled  by  the  late  C. 
Bruce  Lowe.  Edited  by  William  Allison.  New  York:  William 
R.  Jenkins,  1898,  pp.  251,  illustrated,  25  cm.  Is  a  study  of  speed 
transmission  as  shown  in  pedigree. 

Bridle  bits,  The.  A  treatise  on  practical  horsemanship.  By  Col.  J. 
C.  Battersby.  New  York:  O.  Judd  Co,,  1886,  pp.  143,  figs.  59, 
19  cm. 

Classes  of  horses,  The  market.  By  E.  Davenport.  Bull.  62,  Illinois 
Station,  Feb.,  1901,  pp.  17-27. 

Conformation  of  horse,  governing  selection.  By  E.  A.  A.  Grange. 
Bull.  89,  Mich.  Exp.  Station,  Dec.,  1892,  pp.  8.  An  advance  bul- 
letin. 

Conformation  of  the  horse,  The  external.  By  E.  A.  A.  Grange.  Bull. 
110,  Mich.  Exp.  Station,  April,  1894,  pp.  67-98,  plates  v. 

Corn  and  oats  for  horses.  .Relative  value  of.    By  A.  A.  Mills.     Bull. 

No.  36,  Utah  Exp.  Station,  pp.  10. 

riving  for  pleasure,  or  the  harness  stable  and  its  appointments.  By 
Francis  T.  Underbill.  New  York:  D.  Appleton  &  Co.,  1897,  pp. 
158,  plates  124,  28  cm.  A  magnificent  volume,  beautifully  il- 
lustrated, showing  various  styles  of  vehicles  for  pleasure,  correct 
form  in  harness,  dress  of  coachman,  etc. 

Education  of  the  horse,  The.  By  Professor  E.  K,  Crocker.  Second 
edition.  Glasgow:  David  Bryce  &  Son,  1896,  pp.  374,  figs.  192, 
18J/£  cm.  Many  illustrations  show  various  hitches  of  the  horse 
in  process  of  education. 

Evolution  of  the  horse  in  America.  By  H.  F.  Osborn.  Century 
Magazine,  vol.  69,  1904,  pp.  1-17,  illustrated. 

Feeding  colts.  By  C.  F.  Curtiss.  Bull.  21,  Iowa  Station,  1893,  pp. 
768-774. 

Feeding  colts.  By  James  Wilson  and  C.  F.  Curtiss.  Bull.  18,  Iowa 
Station,  Aug.,  1892,  pp.  370-477. 

Feeding  farm  horses.  By  Chas.  W.  Burkett.  Bull.  82,  New  Hamp- 
shire Station,  July  1901,  pp.  27-52.  Compares  different  rations, 
their  effect  and  cost. 

Feeding  of  farm  horses,  On  the.  By  Charles  Stevenson.  Trans. 
High,  and  Ag.  Soc.  Scotland,  1843-1845,  pp.  205-213. 

Feeding,  Horse.    By  Lewis  A.  Merrill.     Bull.  No.  77,  Utah  Exp.  Sta- 
tion, June,  1902,  pp.  129-164,  figs.  9.     Report  on  various  experi- 
ments regarding  feeding,  watering,  blanketing,  etc.,  of  horses. 
Feeding  horses.     By  J.  W.  Sanborn.     Third  report  Utah   Exp.  Sta- 
tion, 1892,  pp.  30-35. 

Feeding  horses  hay  and  grain,  mixed.     By  J.  W.  Sanborn.     Bull.  No. 

13,  Utah  Exp.  Station,  pp.  10. 

Home  grown  feed  stuffs,  Feeding  horses  and  mules  on.  By  Chas.  M. 
Conner.  Bull.  No.  72,  Florida  Exp.  Station,  June,  1904,  pp. 
115-126. 

Millet  to  horses,  Feeding.  By  T.  D.  Hinebauch.  Bull.  26,  North 
Dakota  Station,  Nov.,  1896,  pp.  89-105. 

45 


, — J   Family   horse,   The:      Its    stabling,    care   and    feeding.      A    practical 
manual   for  horse  keepers.     By  George  A.   Martin.     New  York: 
Orange  Judd  Co.,  1889,  pp.  153,  illustrated,  19  cm. 
Foals,  The  care  of  new  born.     By  A.  S.  Alexander,  V.  S.     Circ.  13, 
Wis.  Agr.  Exp.  Station,  April,  1910,  pp.  7. 

\  Frank  Forester's  horse  and  horsemanship  of  the  United  States  and 

British  Provinces  of  North  America.  By  William  Henry  Her- 
bert. In  two  volumes.  New  York:  Stringer  and  Townsend, 
1857,  pp.  552  in  vol.  i  and  576  in  vol.  ii.  Many  steel  engravings 
of  celebrated  horses.  Cloth,  8x11  inches.  These  are  two  of  the 
most  important  volumes  on  the  horse  yet  published  in  America, 
containing  a  wealth  of  information  on  the  horse  up  to  1857. 
Gladiateur  to  Persimmon,  From.  Turf  memories  of  thirty  years.  By 
Sydenham  Dixon.  London:  Grant  Richards,  1901,  pp.  308,  il- 
lustrated, 23T/2  cm. 

„ — i  Great  Horse,  The,  or  the  war  horse:  from  the  time  of  the  Roman 
invasion  till  its  development  into  the  Shire  horse.     By  Sir  Wal- 
ter  Gilbey.     Second   edition.     London:   Vinton    &   Co.,   1899,   pp. 
69,  illustrated,  cloth,  5^x8^  inches.     An  historical  study. 
, — i  Hackney  horses,  Types  of.     Selected  from  the   Live   Stock  Journal 
collection.     London:  Vinton  &  Co.,  1892,  pp.  24,  each  page  con- 
taining an  engraving  of  a  Hackney  horse.     24J/2  cm. 
Harness  horse,  The.     By  Sir  Walter   Gilbey.     Third   edition.     Lon- 
don:  Vinton   &  Co.,   1898,  pp.  43,  illustrated,  cloth,   554x8^   in. 
Heavy  horses;  Breeds  and  management.     By  Herman  Biddell,  C.   I. 
Douglas,   Thomas    Dykes,    Dr.    George    Fleming,    Archibald    Mc- 
Neilage,  Gilbert  Murray  and  W.  R.  Trotter.     London:  Vinton  & 
Co.,  1894,  pp.   219,  illustrated,  22  cm.     No.  3  of  the   Live   Stock 
Hand  Books.     A  popular  and  meritorious  volume. 

^— ^Highland  Denmark  730.  Short  stories  about  famous  saddle  horses. 
By  Herbert  J.  Krum.  Vol.  1,  No.  1,  Lexington,  Ky.,  April,  1910, 
pp.  47,  frontispiece. 

'Horse,  The.  By  Isaac  Phillips  Roberts.  New  York:  The  Macmil- 
lan  Co.,  1905,  pp.  401,  figs.  95,  cloth,  5x7  inches.  One  of  Rural 
Science  Series. 

Horse,  The.  By  William  Youatt.  Together  with  a  general  history 
of  the  horse;  a  dissertation  on  the  American  trotting  horse,  how 
trained  and  jockeyed,  an  account  of  his  remarkable  perform- 
ances; and  an  essay  on  the  ass  and  the  mule,  by  J.  S.  Skinner. 
New  York:  World  Publishing  House,  n.  d.,  pp.  448,  illustrated, 
cloth,  5^2x8^  in.  The  first  edition  of  this  work  was  published 
in  London  in  1831,  since  which  time  it  has  been  published  in 
Tarious  editions  in  England  and  America.  Youatt  was  a  pro- 
found student  of  the  breeds,  and  his  work  has  much  historical 
value. 

Horse,  The.     How    to    buy   and    sell,    giving   the    points    which    dis- 
tinguish  a   sound   from   an    unsound   horse.      By   Peter   Howden. 
New  York:  Orange  Judd  Co.,  1890,  pp.  131,  frontispiece,  19^  cm. 
Horse  book,  The.    A  practical  treatise  on  the  American  horse  breed- 
ing industry  as  allied  to  the  farm.     By  J.  H.  S.  Johnstone.     Chi- 

46 


cago:  Sanders  Pub.  Co.,  1908,  cloth,  pp.  299,  illustrated.     An  ex- 
cellent text. 

Horse  in  America,  The.  A  practical  treatise  on  the  various  types 
common  in  the  United  States,  with  something  of  their  history 
and  varying  characteristics.  By  John  Gilmer  Speed.  New  York: 
McClure,  Phillips  &  Co.,  1905,  pp.  287,  illustrated,  21  cm. 

Horse  of  America  in  his  derivation,  history  and  development.  Trac- 
ing his  ancestors  by  the  aid  of  much  newly  discovered  data, 
throughout  all  the  ages  from  the  first  dawnings  of  history  to 
the  present  day,  including  the  horses  of  the  colonial  period, 
hitherto  unexplored,  giving  their  history,  size,  gaits  and  char- 
acteristics in  each  of  the  American  Colonies.  Showing  how  the 
trotting  horse  is  bred,  together  with  a  history  of  the  publications 
through  which  the  breed  of  trotter  was  established.  By  John  H. 
Wallace.  Xew  York:  Published  by  the  author,  1S97,  pp.  xiii-j-375. 
Maps  and  illustration^. 

Horse  sense.  A  practical  treatise  on  horse  breeding,  selection  of 
stallions  and  brood  mares,  care  and  handling  of  stallions,  care 
of  brood  mares,  different  types  of  horses  and  their  uses,  etc., 
etc.,  etc.  By  J.  C.  Curryer.  Minneapolis,  Minn.:  Farm,  Stock 
and  Home  Co.,  1SOO,  pp.  226.  figs.  104,  23*4  cm. 

Horse,  The:  How  to  breed  and  rear  him.  By  William  Day.  Sec- 
ond edition.  London:  Richard  Bentley  &  Son,  1890,  pp.  453,  figs. 
4,  23  cm. 

Horse,  The:  Its  treatment  in  health  and  disease,  with  a  complete 
guide  to  breeding,  training  and  management.  Edited  by  J. 
Wortley  Axe,  M.  R.  C.  V.  S.  London:  The  Gresham  Publishing 
Co.,  1909,  vols.  ixj  cloth,  numerous  illustrations.  A  very  elab- 
orate work,  by  a  prominent  English  writer.  Vol.  i  contains 
chapters  on  the  exterior  of  the  horse,  and  a  discussion  of  the 
breeds. 

Horse,  The.    In  the  stable  and  the  field:    His  varieties,  management 
in  health  and  disease,  anatomy,  physiology,  etc.,  etc.     By  J.   H. 
.  Walsh  (Stonehenge).     New  edition.     London:  George  Routledge 

&  Sons,  1871,  pp.  622,  illustrated,  22  cm.     One  of  the  more  cele- 
brated works  of  a  past  generation. 

Horse,  Something  about  the.  By  T.  B.  Thorpe.  Harper's  Magazine, 
vol.  xiii,  1856,  pp.  751-767,  illustrated. 

Horseback,  A  woman  on.  By  Anna  C.  Brackett.  Harper's  Maga- 
zine, vol.  80,  pp.  236-248,  illustrated. 

Horseman's  hand  book:  A  compendium  of  useful  information  for 
every  horse  owner.  Chicago:  Magnus  Flaws  &  Co.,  pp.  143,  n.  d. 
—\Horsemanship,  Modern:  A  new  method  of  teaching,  riding  and 
training  by  means  of  pictures  from  life.  By  Edward  L.  Ander- 
son. Third  edition  revised.  Edinburgh:  David  Douglas,  1887. 
PP-  177,  plates  31,  23  cm.  A  valuable  treatise. 

__\  Horseman  and  Expert  Ferrier.  The  Compleat.    In  two  Bookes.    The 
first   shewing   the   best   manner   of  breeding  good    Horses,   with 

47 


their  choice,  nature,  riding  and  dieting,  as  well  for  Running  and 
Hunting  and  how  the  Rider  ought  to  behave  himselfe  in  the 
Breaking  and  Riding  of  Colts;  as  also  teaching  the  Groome  and 
Keeper  his  true  office,  touching  the  Horses  and  Colts  committed 
to  his  charge;  and  prescribing  the  best  manner  how  a  perfect 
Stable  ought  to  be  scituated  and  made,  not  heretofore  so  fully 
described  by  any.  The  second,  directing  the  most  exact  and 
approved  manner  how  to  know  and  cure  all  Maladies  and  Dis- 
eases in  Horses:  a  worke  containing  the  secrets  and  best  skill 
belonging  either  to  Ferrier  or  Horse-Leach;  the  Cures  placed 
Alphabetically;  with  hundreds  of  Medicines  never  before  im- 
printed in  any  author.  Published  at  the  earnest  request  of 
sundry  Noble  and  Worthy  Gentlemen,  for  the  general!  good 
and  benefit  of  the  Nation.  By  Thomas  De  Grey,  Esquire.  The 
second  edition.  London:  Printed  for  Thomas  Harper  and  Nich- 
olas Fussell,  1651,  pp.  644,  calf,  5^x7J4  in-  One  of  the  earliest 
works  in  English  on  the  horse. 

^ — \Horses,  asses,  zebras,  mules  and  mule  breeding.  By  W.  B.  Teget- 
meier  and  C.  L.  Sutherland.  London:  Horace  Cox,  1S95,  pp.  166, 
illustrated,  22  cm. 

-Ji  Horses  of  the  Sahara,  The,  and  the  manners  of  the  desert.     By  E. 
Daumas,  with  commentaries  by  the  Emir  Abd-El-Kader.     Trans- 
lated  from   the    French   by   James    Hutton.     London:   Wm.    H. 
Allen  &  Co.,  1863,  pp.  355,  cloth,  5^x8^  in. 
Horses,  Something  about.    Scribner's  Monthly,  vol.  14,  1877,  pp.  195- 

199,  illustrated. 
How  women  should  ride.     By  "C.  De  Hurst."     New  York:  Harper 

&  Bros.,  1892,  cloth,  pp.  248,  illustrated. 

Hunter   horse   production   in   Ireland.      By   Willard   John    Kennedy. 
Circ.  87,  Bureau  of  Animal  Industry,  U.  S.  Dept.  of  Agric.,  Wash- 
ington, 1905,  pp.  187-225,  plates  15. 
Hunters  and  roadsters,  On  the  breeding  of.     By  Robert  Hutchison. 

Trans.  High,  and  Ag.  Soc.  Scotland,  1863-65,  pp.  387-400. 
_. — ik.  Judge  a  horse,  How  to.     A  concise  treatise  as  to  its   qualities  and 
soundness,  including  bits  and  bitting,  saddles  and  saddling,  stable 
drainage,  driving  one  horse,  a  pair,  four-in-hand  or  tandem;  and 
extracts  from  Rarey's  and  Rockwell's  method  of  training  young 
and  obstinate  horses.     By  Capt.  F.  W.  Bach.     New  York:  Wil- 
liam R.  Jenkins,  copyright  1893,  pp.  180,  figs.  30,  19  cm. 
Judging,  Lessons  in  horse.    With  illustrations  for  the  summering  of 
Hunters.      By   William    Fearnley.      London:    Chapman    &    Hall, 
1879,  pp.  155,  figs..  16. 

Keeping  of  farm  horses,  The  winter  and  summer.  By  James  Car- 
michael.  Trans.  Highland  and  Agr.  Soc.,  Scotland,  1845-47,  pp. 
160-175. 

Mares,  Great  brood.  The  Horse  Review  Portfolio  II.  Chicago:  The 
Horse  Review,  1896,  unpaged,  27  cm.  Illustrations  and  bio- 
graphical sketches  of  light  harness  brood  mares. 

Molasses  as  horse  feed.    By  John  A.  Craig  and  F.  R.  Marshall.    Bull 

48 


86,  Texas  Agr.  Exp.  Station,  Sept.,  1906,  pp.  18-19. 

Morgan  horses.  A  premium  essay  on  the  origin,  history,  and  char- 
acteristics of  this  remarkable  American  breed  of  horses;  tracing 
the  pedigree  from  the  original  Justin  Morgan,  through  the  most 
noted  of  his  progeny,  down  to  the  present  time.  With  numerous 
portraits.  To  which  are  added  hints  for  breeding,  breaking,  and 
general  use  and  management  of  horses,  with  practical  directions 
for  training  them  for  exhibition  at  agricultural  fairs.  By  D.  C 
Linsley.  New  York:  C.  M.  Saxon  &  Co.,  1857,  pp.  340,  19^  cm. 

Motion,  The  horse  in.  By  George  E.  Waring,  Jr.  Century  Magazine, 
vol.  2  n.  s.,  1882,  pp.  381-388,  illustrated. 

Motion,  The  horse  in.  As  shown  by  instantaneous  photography,  with 
a  study  on  animal  mechanics,  founded  on  anatomy  and  the 
revelations  of  the  camera,  in  which  is  demonstrated  the  theory 
of  quadrupedal  locomotion.  By  J.  D.  B.  Stillman.  Executed 
and  published  under  the  auspices  of  Leland  Stanford.  Boston: 
James  R.  Osgood  &  Co.,  1882,  pp.  127,  plates  107.  Cloth,  10x12^ 
inches.  The  most  elaborate  study  of  the  horse  in  motion,  as 
shown  by  the  camera,  ever  published. 

Native  type  of  horses,  Preservation  of  our.  By  George  M.  Rommel. 
Circ.  137,  Bureau  of  Animal  Industry,  U.  S.  Dept.  of  Agric., 
Washington,  1908,  pp.  85-143. 

Natural  history,  A  study  in:  The  horse.  By  William  Henry  Flower. 
London:  Kegan  Paul,  Trench,  Trubner  &  Co.,  1891,  pp.  196,  figs. 
25,  20  cm.  An  interesting  study  of  the  horse's  place  in  nature, 
its  existing  relations,  structure,  etc. 

Natural  history  of  horses,  The  equidae,  or  genus  equus  of  authors. 
By  Lieut.  Col.  Charles  Hamilton  Smith.  Edinburgh:  W.  H. 
Lizars,  1841,  pp.  352,  colored  plates  31.  Cloth,  4^4x7  in.  This  is 
volume  xii  of  the  Naturalists'  Library. 

Newmarket,  The  history  of,  and  the  annals  of  the  turf:  With 
memoirs  and  biographical  notices  of  the  habitues  of  Newmarket, 
and  the  notable  turfites  from  the  earliest  times  to  the  end  of  the 
17th  century.  By  J.  P.  Hore.  In  three  volumes.  London:  A. 
H.  Baily  &  Co.,  1886,  frontispiece,  21^2  cm.  Vol  i,  from  the 
earliest  times  to  the  death  of  James  I,  pp.  364;  vol.  ii,  from  the 
accession  of  Charles  I  to  32  Charles  II,  A.  D.  1625-1680,  pp.  386; 
vol.  iii,  history  of  Newmarket:  from  33  Charles  II  (A.  D.  1681) 
to  the  end  of  the  17th  century.  Annals  of  the  turf:  from  the 
restoration  (A.  D.  1660)  to  the  end  of  the  17th  century,  pp.  454. 
A  recognized  authority  on  the  history  of  the  famous  Newmarket, 
England,  race  course. 

Orange  County  stud  book.  Giving  a  history  of  all  noted  stallions 
bred  and  raised  in  Orange  County.  By  J.  H.  Reeves,  V.  S.  To 
which  is  added  a  complete  history  of  the  horse  in  all  countries, 
in  health  and  sickness,  with  a  thorough  treatise  on  his  breeding, 
breaking,  shoeing  and  curing.  Added  to  which  is  given  a  list  of 
the  best  trotting  horses  and  famous  races  in  the  United  States. 
New  York:  Jason  H.  Tuttle,  1880,  pp.  181,  cloth,  5x7^4  inches. 

49 


Past  and  present  horses.  By  Sir  Walter  Gilbey.  London:  Vinton  & 
Co.,  1900,  pp.  89,  illustrated,  22  cm. 

Percheron  and  Norman  horse,  The.  By  A.  B.  Allen.  Harper's  Mag- 
azine, vol.  60,  1879-80,  pp.  376-379,  illustrated. 

Percheron  horse  in  America,  The.  By  M.  C.  Weld.  In  France  by 
Charles  Du  Hays.  New  York:  O.  Judd  Co.,  1886,  pp.  142,  il- 
lustrated. Cloth  5x7J^  inches.  Quite  out  of  date,  interesting 
only  for  historical  purposes. 

Plains,  Horses  of  the.  By  Frederick  Remington.  Century  Magazine, 
vol.  15,  1888-89,  pp.  332-343,  illustrated. 

Points  of  the  horse.  A  familiar  treatise  on  equine  conformation.  By 
M.  Horace  Hayes.  Second  edition.  London:  W.  Thacker  & 
Co.,  1897,  pp.  331,  illustrated  by  209  reproductions  of  photographs 
and  200  drawings,  27  cm.  An  invaluable  work  for  the  student 
on  horse  conformation,  written  by  the  ablest  of  British  authori- 
ties on  this  subject.  Several  editions  of  this  work  have  been 
issued,  the  first  in  1893,  the  last  in  1904. 

Ponies  past  and  present.  By  Sir  Walter  Gilbey.  London:  Vinton 
&  Co.,  1900,  pp.  112,  illustrated,  22  cm. 

Post  and  paddock,  The.  By  The  Druid.  Revised  and  re-edited. 
London:  Vinton  &  Co.,  n.  d.,  pp.  367,  portraits,  19J4  cm.  First 
edition  1856.  Reminiscences  of  the  turf. 

Principles  of  horse  feeding.  By  C.  F.  Langworthy.  Farmers'  Bul- 
letin No.  170,  U.  S.  Dept.  Agric.,  1903,  pp.  44. 

Psychology  and  training  of  the  horse,  The.  By  Count  Eugenic  Mar- 
tinengo  Cesaresco.  London:  T.  Fisher  Unwin,  1906,  pp.  334, 
frontispiece,  cloth,  16x23  cm.  An  extremely  interesting  work. 

Race  horse,  A  treatise  on  the  care,  treatment  and  training  of  the 
English.  In  a  series  of  rough  notes.  By  Richard  Darvill.  In 
two  volumes.  Third  edition.  London:  James  Ridgway,  1846, 
vol.  i,  pp.  375,  23  cm.,  vol  ii,  pp.  312. 

Race  horse  in  training,  The.  With  hints  on  racing  and  racing  re- 
forms, to  which  is  added  a  chapter  on  shoeing.  By  William 
Day.  Seventh  edition.  London:  Chapman  and  Hall,  1892,  pp. 
336,  23  cm. 

Race  horses  and  horse  races.     Harper's  Magazine,  1851,  p.  329. 

Race  horses,  Suggestions  for  rearing  young.  By  Sir  Walter  Gilbey. 
Third  edition.  London:  Vinton  &  Co.,  1898,  pp.  33,  illustrated, 
cloth,  524x824  inches. 

Race  meetings,  Three  English.  By  Richard  Harding  Davis.  Har- 
per's Magazine,  vol.  87,  1893,  pp.  251-265,  illustrated. 

Racing  in  France,  Horse.     A  history.     By  Robert  Black.     London: 
Sampson  Low,  Marston,  Searle  &  Rivington,  1888,  pp.  387,  cloth, 
6x9  in.    A  valuable  work  on  the  history  of  the  French  turf. 
Racing  life  of  Lord  George  Cavendish  Bentinck,  and  other  reminis- 
cences.   By  John  Kent.     Edited  by  Hon.  Francis  Lawley.     Edin- 
burgh and  London:  William  Blackwood  &  Sons,  1892,  pp.   482, 
illustrated,  cloth,  6x9  in. 
Rarey  the  horse  tamer.     By  T.  B.  Thorpe.     Harper's  Magazine,  vol. 

50 


\ 


22,  1860-61,  pp.  615-624,  illustrated. 
Rations  for  fleshing  horses  for  market,  Relative  efficiency  of  differ- 

ent.   By  Rufus  C.  Obrecht.     Bull.  141,  Illinois  Agr.  Exp.  Station, 

Nov.,  1909,  pp.  523-562,  plates  11. 
Rations  for  horses,  Narrow  vs.  wide  nutritive.     By  J.  W.  Sanborn. 

Bull.  No.  30,  Utah  Exp.  Station,  pp.  7. 
Rations  for  horses,  Winter.     Grain  rations  for  work  horses.     By  J. 

H.   Shepperd.     Bull.   20,   North    Dakota   Station,   Sept.,    1895,   pp. 

137-154. 
Rex  McDonald  833.     Short  stories  about  famous  saddle  horses.     By 

Herbert  J.  Krum.     Vol.  1,  No.  2,  Lexington,  Ky.,  May,  1910,  pp. 

150,  frontispiece. 
Riding  and   driving:     Riding    by    Edward    L.    Anderson.     Driving, 

hints   on   the   history,  housing,   harnessing   and   handling   of  the 

horse,  by  Price   Collier.     New  York:  The  Macmillan   Co.,  1905, 

pp.  441,  plates  37,  2Ql/2  cm.     A  commendable  work. 
Riding   and   driving   horses.     Their   breeding   and   rearing.     By   Sir 

Walter  Gilbey.     London:  Vinton  &  Co.,  1901,  pp.  73,  22  cm.     An 

address  delivered  in  London  on  22nd  March,   1885,  and  discus- 

sion thereon  by  the  Duke  of  Westminster,  Earl   Carington,   Sir 

Nigel  Kingscote,  Mr.  Edmund  Tattersall  and  others. 
Riding  on  the  flat  and  across  country.     A  guide  to  practical  horse- 

manship.    By  M.   Horace   Hayes.     Third   edition.     London:   W. 

Thacker  &  Co.,  1891,  pp.  285,  figs.  71,  19  cm. 
Riders,  Algerian.     By  Col.  T.  A.  Dodge,  U.  S.  A.     Harper's  Maga- 

zine, vol.  87,  1893,  pp.  266-275,  illustrated. 
Riders  of  many  lands.     By  Theodore  Ayrault  Dodge.     New  York: 

Harper  &  Bros.,  1894,  pp.  486,  copiously  illustrated,  23J^  cm.     A 

valuable  contribution  to  saddle  horse  literature. 
Riders  of  Syria.    By  Col.  T.  A.  Dodge,  U.  S.  A.     Harper's  Magazine, 

vol.  87,  1893,  pp.  771-778,  illustrated. 
Riders  of  Tunis.    By  Col.  T.  A.  Dodge,  U.  S.  A.     Harper's  Magazine, 

vol.  87,  1893,  pp.  406-414,  illustrated. 
Riders  of  Turkey.     By  Col.  T.  A.  Dodge,  U.  S.  A.     Harper's  Maga- 

zine, vol.  87,  1893,  pp.  933-940,  illustrated. 
Riders,  Some  American.     By  Col.  T.  A.  Dodge,  U.  S.  A.     Harper's 

Magazine,  vol.  82,  1890-91,  pp.  849-862;  vol.  83,  1891,  pp.  3-8;  204- 

214,  364-373,  illustrated. 
Roadsters   and   trotting   horses,   American.     Being   a   sketch   of   the 

trotting   stallions    of   the    United    States    and   a   treatise    on    the 

breeding  of  the  same.     With  an  appendix  showing  the  pedigrees 

and  breeding,  so  far  as  known,  of  all  trotters  that  have  a  record 

of  2:25  or  better,  and  containing  much  practical  matter  relating 

to    the    breaking,    management    and    treatment    of    trotting    and 

breeding  stock.     By  H.  T.   Helm.     Chicago:   Rand,   McNally  & 

Co.,  1878,  pp.  552,  many  plates,  24  cm.     A  prominent  work  in  its 

generation. 
Road,  track  and  stable.     Chapters  about  horses  and  their  treatment. 

By  H.    C.   Merwin.     Second   edition.     Boston:   Little,   Brown   & 

51 


Co.,  1893,  pp.  334,  illustrated,  19J^  cm. 

Saddle  horse,  The.     By  George  E.  Waring,  Jr.     Scribner's  Monthly, 

vol.  15,  1877-78,  pp.  84-99,  illustrated. 

-'•  Saddles  and  collars,  Sore  backs  and  sore  shoulders,  A  manual  of.  By 
Veterinary  Captain  Fred  Smith.  Second  edition,  1893.  London: 
Harrison  &  Sons,  pp.  71,  figs.  18,  19  cm.  A  valuable  little 
treatise. 

Scott  and  Seabright.  By  The  Druid.  Revised  and  re-edited.  Lon- 
don: Vinton  &  Co.,  n.  d.,  pp.  422,  portraits,  19^  cm.  First  edi- 
tion, 1862.  A  discussion  of  old  turf  worthies  and  hunting  to 
hounds. 

Shire  horses,  Types  of.  Selected  from  the  Live  Stock  Journal  col- 
lection. London:  Vinton  &  Co.,  1894,  pp.  24,  each  page  contain- 
ing a  plate  of  a  Shire  horse.  24^  cm. 

Silage  for  horses.  By  D.  O.  Nourse.  Bull.  80,  Virginia  Station, 
Sept.,  1897,  pp.  97-98. 

Silk  and  scarlet.  By  The  Druid.  Revised  and  re-edited.  London: 
Vinton  &  Co.,  n.  d.,  pp.  374,  portraits,  l$l/2  cm.  First  edition 
1859.  Reminiscences  of  the  racing  horse  and  the  jockey. 

Sires,  Great.  The  Horse  Review  Portfolio  I.  Chicago:  The  Horse 
Review,  1896,  unpaged,  27  cm.  Illustrations  and  biographical 
sketches  of  light  harness  sires 

Stable  book,  The.  Being  a  treatise  on  the  management  of  horses, 
in  relation  to  stabling,  grooming,  feeding,  watering  and  work- 
ing. Construction  of  stables,  ventilation,  stable  appendages, 
management  of  the  feet.  Management  of  diseased  and  defective 
horses.  By  John  Stewart.  With  notes  and  additions  adapting 
it  to  American  food  and  climate.  By  A.  B.  Allen.  New  York. 
A.  O.  Moore,  1858,  pp.  378,  figs.  23,  19  cm. 

_J3table  lore,  First-hand  bits  of.  By  Francis  M.  Ware.  Boston: 
Little,  Brown  &  Co.,  1903,  pp.  297,  illustrated,  21  cm.  A  read- 
able and  instructive  work. 

Stallions  in  Wisconsin,  The  distribution  of.  By  A.  S.  Alexander.  Bull. 
155,  Wisconsin  Agr.  Exp.  Station,  Dec.,  1907,  pp.  172,  ill. 

Taming  in  Hawaii,  Horse.     By  N.  B.  Emerson.     Harper's  Magazine, 

vol.  40,  1869-70,  pp.  97-98. 

;.  Taming  or  breaking  the  horse.  By  a  new  and  improved  method,  as 
practiced  with  great  success  in  the  United  States  and  in  all  the 
countries  of  Europe.  Also,  rules  for  selecting  a  good  horse,  for 
feeding  horses,  etc.  By  J.  S.  Rarey.  New  York:  Dick  and  Fitz- 
gerald, n.  d.,  pp.  64,  illustrated,  16*4  cm.  Also  in  the  same  bind- 
ing, The  complete  farrier  or  horse  doctor,  a  guide  for  the  treat- 
ment of  horses  in  all  diseases  to  which  that  noble  animal  is 
liable.  By  John  C.  Knowlton.  29th  American  edition,  pp.  64. 
Rarey  was  the  most  famous  horse  trainer  in  American  history. 

Thoroughbred  and  other  ponies.  With  remarks  on  the  height  of 
race  horses  since  1700.  Being  a  revised  edition  of  "Ponies:  Past 
and  Present."  By  Sir  Walter  Gilbey.  London:  Vinton  &  Co., 
1903,  pp.  156,  illustrated,  cloth,  5^x854  inches. 

52 


Thoroughbred   horse,   The.     By    George    E.   Waring,   Jr.      Scribner's 

Monthly,  vol.   15,  1877-78,  pp.  157-171,  illustrated. 

^^_AThoroughbred  horse,  The.  His  origin,  how  to  breed  and  how  select 
him.  With  the  Horse  Breeder's  G\uide.  By  S.  D.  Bruce.  New 
York:  Turf,  Field  and  Farm,  1892,  pp.  318,  2Ql/2  cm.  Embracing 
100  tabulated  pedigrees  of  the  principal  sires,  with  full  perform- 
ances of  each  and  best  of  their  get,  covering  the  season  of  1892. 
=— ^  Thoroughbred  horse,  The  origin  and  influence  of  the.  By  William 
Ridgeway.  Cambridge:  The  University  Press,  1905,  pp.  538,  figs. 
143,  22  cm.  One  of  the  most  important  contributions  to  Thor- 
oughbred literature  in  recent  years. 

.',  Thoroughbred,  The  American.  By  Charles  E.  Trevathan.  New 
York:  The  Macmillan  Co.,  1905,  pp.  495,  20^  cm.  Should  be  in 
the  library  of  every  lover  of  the  Thoroughbred. 

Trotter,  The  American.  A  treatise  of  his  origin,  history  and  develop- 
ment. By  S.  W.  Parlin,  editor  of  the  American  Horse  Breeder. 
With  a  preface  by  Peter  C.  Kellogg.  Boston,  Mass:  American 
Horse  Breeder  Pub.  Co.,  1905,  pp.  319,  many  plates. 

Trotters,  Among  the  blue  grass.  Harper's  Magazine,  vol.  67,  1883, 
pp.  715-730,  illustrated. 

Trotters,  Life  with  the.  By  John  Splan,  with  a  chapter  on  how 
Goldsmith  Maid, and  Dexter  were  trained,  from  information  fur- 
nished by  Mr.  Budd  Doble.  Chicago:  H.  T.  White,  1889,  pp. 
450,  frontispiece,  24  cm.  An  interesting  volume  by  a  notable 
horseman. 

Trotting  and  pacing  horse  in  America,  The.  By  Hamilton  Busbey. 
New  York:  The  Macmillan  Co.,  1904,  pp.  369,  illustrated,  cloth, 
5^4x8  in.  An  important  contribution  to  light  harness  horse  liter- 
ature, illustrated  with  many  half-tone  plates  of  famous  horses 
and  men. 

Trotting  horse  in  America,  The.  By  Hamilton  Busbey.  Harper's 
Magazine,  vol.  47,  1873,  pp.  604-613. 

Trotting  horse  in  America,  The.  How  to  train  and  drive  him.  With 
reminiscences  of  the  trotting  turf.  By  Hiram  Woodruff.  Edited 
by  Charles  J.  Foster.  Philadelphia:  Porter  &  Coates,  1868,  pp. 
412,  illustrated,  cloth,  5x7^  in.  By  one  of  the  most  eminent 
drivers  in  American  trotting  history.  An  extremely  interesting 
narrative.  Contains  most  interesting  personal  references  to  the 
author's  experience  with  noted  horses  on  the  track. 

Trotting  horse,  Training  the.  A  natural  and  improved  method  of 
educating  trotting  colts  and  horses  based  on  twenty  years'  ex- 
perience. By  Charles  Marvin.  Fourth  edition.  New  York:  The 
Marvin  Publishing  Co.,  1892,  pp.  352,  illustrated,  21  cm.  A  work 
setting  forth  the  views  and  experiences  of  one  of  America's 
most  notable  horsemen  and  drivers  of  fast  horses. 

Turf  in  America,  The  running.  By  Hamilton  Busbey.  Harper's  Mag- 
azine, vol.  41,  1870,  pp.  91-97  and  245-255. 

Turf,  A  mirror  of  the.  Or  the  Machinery  of  Horse  Racing  Revealed. 
Showing  the  sport  of  kings  as  it  is  today.  By  Louis  Henry 

53 


Curzon.     London:   Chapman  and  Hall,  1892,  pp.  372,  21  cm. 
Turf,   Fasig's   tales   of  the.     In   which   is   included   a   history   of  the 
Cleveland  driving  park,  a  review  of  the  Grand  Circuit,  how  the 

Gentlemen's  Driving  Club  of  Cleveland  was  started,  and  a  sketch 

of  Fasig's  sale  business.     By  W.   H.   Gocher.     Hartford,  Conn.: 

W.   H.    Gocher,   1903,  pp.   314,   figs.   9,   frontispiece,   cloth,   13x19 

cm.     A  very  readable  narrative. 
Turf,  History  of  the  British.     From  the  earliest  times  to  the  present 

day.     By  James  Rice.     London:  Sampson  Low,  Marston,  Searle 

and  Rivington,  1879,  cloth,  2  vols.,  I,  pp.  396,  II,  pp.  390. 
Turf,  History  of  the  British.    From  the  earliest  period  to  the  present 

day.      By   James    Chrystie    Whyte.      In    two   volumes.      London: 

Henry  Colburn,  1840,  frontispiece,  23  cm;   vol  i,  576  pp;  vol  ii, 

646  pp. 
Utah   horses,   Improvement   of.     By  John   T.    Caine    III   and   H.   J. 

Frederick.     Bull.  107,  Utah  Agr.  Exp.  Station,  Dec.,  1909,  pp.  97- 

142,  illustrated. 
Warfare,  Small  horses  in.     By  Sir  Walter  Gilbey.     London:  Vinton 

&  Co.,  1900,  pp.  40,  illustrated,  22  cm. 

War  horse,  The  old  English.    Or  the  great  horse  as  it  appears  at  in- 
tervals, in  contemporary  coins  and  pictures  during  the  centuries 

of  its  development  into  the  Shire  horse.     With  notes,   compiled 

by  Walter  Gilbey.     London:  Vinton  &  Co.,  1888,  pp.  23,  plates, 

xiv,  22  cm. 
Watering  horses,  Time  of.     By  J.  W.   Sanborn.     Bull.   No.  9,  Utah 

Exp.  Station,  n.  d.,  pp.  8. 
Wisconsin  horses,   Suggestions  for  the   improvement  of.     By  A.   S. 

Alexander.     Bull.  186,  Wis.  Agr.  Exp.  Station,  Dec.,  1909,  pp.  30, 

figs.  9. 
Work  horse  rations,  The  value  of  corn,  oil  meal,  cottonseed  meal 

and  gluten  feed  in.    By  W.  J.  Kennedy,  E.  T.  Robbins  and  H.  H. 

Kildee.      Bull.    109,    Iowa    Agr.    Exp.    Station,    March,    1910,    pp. 

415-445. 
Work  horses,  Feeding  trials  with.   By  J.  H.  Shepperd.   Bull.  45,  North 

Dakota  Station,  Sept.,  1900,  pp.  577-587. 
Works  on  horses   and  equitation,  A  bibliographical   record   of  hip- 

pology.     By  F.  H.  Huth.     London:   Bernard  Quaritch,  1887,  pp. 

439,  22^  cm.     Contains  both  subject  and  authors  index,  with  a 

very  large  list  of  works  in  various  languages. 


54 


MARKETS   AND   MARKETING. 

Horse  market,  The.  By  H.  C.  Merwin.  Century  Magazine,  vol.  27, 
1894-95,  pp.  691-700,  illustrated. 

Market  assistant,  The.  Containing  a  brief  description  of  every  ar- 
ticle of  human  food  sold  in  the  public  markets  of  the  cities  of 
New  York,  Boston,  Philadelphia  and  Brooklyn;  including  the 
various  domestic  and  wild  animals,  poultry,  game,  fish,  vege- 
tables, fruits,  etc.,  etc.,  with  many  curious  incidents  and  anec- 
dotes. By  Thomas  F.  De  Voe.  New  York:  Kurd  and  Houghton, 
1867,  pp.  455,  illustrated,  19V^  cm.  A  rare  and  interesting  volume. 

Market  classes  and  grades  of  cattle  with  suggestions  for  interpreting 
market  quotations.  By  Herbert  W.  Mumford.  Bull.  78,  111.  Agr. 
Exp.  Station,  July,  1904,  pp.  365-432,  plates  48. 

Market  classes  and  grades  of  horses  and  mules.  By  Rufus  C. 
Obrecht.  Bull.  122,  Illinois  Agr.  Exp.  Station,  Jan.,  1908,  pp. 
89-186,  plates  71. 

Market  classes  and  grades  of  sheep.  By  W.  C.  Coffey.  Bull.  129, 
Illinois  Agr.  Exp.  Station,  Nov.,  1908,  pp.  572-636,  plates  47. 

Marketing  live  stock.  By  Charles  S.  Plumb.  Farmers'  Bulletin  No. 
184,  U.  S.  Dept.  of  Agric.,  1903,  pp.  40. 

Market  standpoint,  Sheep  industry  from  the.  By  W.  C.  Coffey. 
Circ.  125,  Illinois  Agr.  Exp.  Station,  Dec.,  1908,  pp.  16. 

Market  standpoint,  The  swine  industry  from  the.  By  William 
Dietrich.  Circ.  83,  Illinois  Agr.  Exp.  Station,  Nov.,  1904,  pp.  8. 

Transit  of  stock,  Report  on  the.     By  George  Menzies.     Trans.  High, 
and  Ag.  Soc.,  Scotland,  1868-69,  pp.  461-489. 
MEATS. 

Beef-trust,  The  so-called1.  By  G.  B.  Fife.  Century  Magazine,  vol.  65, 
1902-03,  pp.  148-158. 

Composition  and  cooking,  Meats:  By  Charles  D.  Woods.  Farmers' 
Bulletin  No.  34,  U.  S.  Dept.  Agric.,  1896,  pp.  29. 

Food  from  the  far  West,  or  American  agriculture  with  special  ref- 
erence to  the  beef  production  and  importation  of  dead  meat 
from  America  to  Great  Britain.  By  James  MacDonald.  London 
and  Edinburgh:  William  P.  Nimmo,  1878,  pp.  331. 

Holstein  beef,  Specimens  of.  By  Wm.  Brown.  Bull,  xxv,  Ontario 
Agr.  College,  March  27,  1888,  pp.  5. 

Inspection,  Meat.  By  C.  A.  Gary.  Bull.  81,  Ala.  Station,  1897,  pp. 
285-355,  figs.  25. 

Meat  in  the  home,  Economical  use  of.  By  C.  F.  Langworthy,  Ph.  D., 
and  Caroline  L.  Hunt,  A.  B.  Farmers'  Bull.  391,  U.  S.  Dept.  of 
Agr.,  1910,  pp.  43. 

Meat  on  the  farm:  Butchering,  curing,  keeping.  By  Andrew  Boss. 
Farmers'  Bulletin  No.  183,  U.  S.  Dept.  Agric.,  1903,  pp.  38, 
figs.  35. 

Meat  production.  A  manual  for  producers,  distributors  and  con- 
sumers of  butcher's  meat,  being  a  treatise  on  means  of  increas- 
ing its  home  production.  Also  comprehensively  treating  of  the 

55 


breeding,  rearing,  fattening,  lodging,  carcass-weight  and  slaugh- 
tering of  meat  yielding  live  stock;  indications  of  the  quality; 
means  for  preserving,  curing  and  cooking  of  the  meat,  etc.,  etc. 
By  John  Ewart.  London;  Crosby  Lockwood  &  Co.,  1878,  cloth, 
pp.  226,  illustrated,  18.5  cm. 

Packers,  the  private  car  lines  and  the  people,  The.  By  J.  Ogden 
Armour.  Philadelphia:  Henry  Altemus  Co.,  cloth,  1906,  pp.  380. 
An  interesting  statement  from  one  of  America's  great  packers, 
of  the  development  of  the  meat  and  packing  industry  in  its  re- 
lation to  public  utilities. 

Pork  making,  Home.  By  A.  W.  Fulton.  New  York:  Orange  Judd 
Co.,  1900,  pp.  124,  illustrated,  19  cm. 

Quality  in  beef.  By  H.  M.  Cottrell  and  V.  M.  Shoesmith.  Bull.  Ill, 
Kansas  Station,  May,  1902,  pp.  24,  figs.  21.  Reports  experi- 
mental feeding  and  slaughter  test. 

Slaughtering  and  meat  packing.  .By  Harry  C.  McCarty.  Census  Bul- 
letin 217,  Washington,  June  30,  1902,  pp.  45. 

Steer  and  heifer  beef.  By  James  Wilson  and  C.  F.  Curtiss.  Bull. 
24,  Iowa  Station,  1894,  pp.  943-968.  II  Bull.  33,  1896,  pp.  566-590, 
illustrated. 


MILK  AND  BUTTER  PRODUCT 


Alfalfa  forage  for  milch  cows.     Bull.  80,  new  series,  New 

tion,    Nov.,    1894,   pp.   527-578.     Results    from    rations    containing 
alfalfa  and  those  obtained  from  some  other  summer  rations. 

Alfalfa  meal  and  wheat  bran  for  dairy  cows,  A  comparison  of.  By 
Thomas  I.  Mairs.  Bull.  No.  80,  Penn.  Exp.  Station,  Oct.,  1906, 
pp.  10. 

Apple  pomace  a  good  feed  for  cows.  By  J.  L.  Hills.  Bull.  No.  96, 
Vermont  Exp.  Station,  Sept.,  1902,  pp.  8. 

Ayrshire  herd  tests.  By  Fred  W.  Morse.  Fourteenth  annual  report 
New  Hampshire  Station,  pp.  117-121. 

Beet  pulp  and  sugar  beets  to  cows,  Feeding.  By  B.  C.  Buffum  and 
C.  J.  Griffith.  Bull.  73,  Colorado  Station,  Aug.,  1902,  pp.  11-24. 

Beets  and  potatoes  for  butter,  Feeding.  By  James  Wilson,  D.  B. 
Bisbee  and  F.  A.  Leighton.  Bull.  17,  Iowa  Station,  May,  1892, 
pp.  371-377. 

Buckwheat  middlings,  dried  brewers'  grains  and  cerealine  for  milch 
and  butter  production,  Comparative  value  of.  By  Harry  Hay- 
ward  and  R.  J.  Weld.  Bull.  No.  41,  Penn.  Exp.  Station,  Dec., 
1897,  pp.  16,  chart. 

Butter-fat,  Effect  of  food  on  Composition  of.  By  F.  W.  Morse.  Bull. 
16,  New  Hampshire  Station,  Sept.,  1892,  pp.  20. 

Cattle  feeding  experiment.  Fourth  Report  Ohio  State  Exp.  Station, 
1885,  pp.  88-97.  Relates  to  milk  production. 

Cattle  feeding,  Experiments  in.  Second  Rep.  Ohio  Exp.  Sta.,  1883, 
pp.  99-131.  A  test  of  value  of  feeding  stuffs  in  milk  production. 

Clover  ensilage  as  a  partial  food  for  dairy  cows.  By  W.  A.  Henry. 
Third  annual  report  Wisconsin  Station  for  1885,  pp.  17-19. 

Comparison  of  concentrates  for  dairy  cows.  By  John  R.  Fain.  Re- 
port Virginia  Station,  1906,  pp.  42-44. 

Connecticut  dairy  herds,  A  Study  of  some.  By  J.  M.  Trueman.  Bull. 
57,  Storrs  Agr.  Exp.  Station,  May,  1909,  pp.  283-310. 

Corn  silage  vs.  dry  fodder  corn  for  milk  and  butter  production.  By 
F.  W.  Woll.  Seventh  annual  report  Wisconsin  Station,  1890, 
pp.  80-97. 

Corn  stalks  compared  with  mixed  hay  and  clover  hay  for  producing 
milk  and  butter.  By  W.  A.  Henry.  Second  annual  report  Wis- 
consin Station  for  1884,  pp.  11-16. 

Cost  of  butter  production  in  winter.  By  T.  L.  Haecker.  Annual  re- 
port Minnesota  Station  for  1894,  pp.  54-64.  Also  published  in 
Bulletin  35.  Illustrated  with  drawing  of  cows  of  different  types. 

Cottonseed  feed  for  dairy  cows.  By  H.  P.  Armsby  and  E.  H.  Hess. 
Bull.  No.  28,  Penn.  Exp.  Station,  July,  1894,  pp.  22. 

Cottonseed  meal  and  malt  sprouts  as  feed  for  milch  cows,  Value  of. 
By  H.  P.  Armsby.  Second  annual  report  Wisconsin  Station  for 
1884,  pp.  78-95. 

Cottonseed  meal  to  dairy  cows,  Feeding.  By  C.  F.  Curtiss.  Bull. 
32,  Iowa  Station,  1896,  pp.  437-447. 

57 


Cows  and  calves,  Feeding  experiments  with.    By  John  Michels.    Bull. 

199,  North  Carolina  Agr.  Exp.  Station,  June,  1908,  pp.  16,  fig.  1. 

I.     Comparison  of  cottonseed  hulls  and  shredded  corn  stover  for 

milk  production.     II.     Corn  meal  versus  a  mixture  of  corn  meal 

and   dried  brewers'   grains   as   a   supplement   to   cottonseed   meal 

for   milk   production.      III.      Rolled   oats    as   a   partial    substitute 

for  milk  and  calf  feeding. 
Cow's  record  and  the  stable,  The  dairy.     By  Lerqy  Anderson.     Bull. 

204,  California  Agr.  Exp.  Station,  Dec.,  1909,  pp.  65-92,  figs.  22. 
Dairy  conditions.   Improving.     By  J.   M.  Truman.     Bull.   53,   Storrs 

Agr.   Exp.   Station,  June,   1908,  pp.   135-164,  figs.   48-67. 
Dairy  cows,  Feeding.     By  C.  D.  Smith.     Bull.  234,  Mich.  Agr.   Exp. 

Station,  Feb.,  1906,  pp.  81-109. 
Dairy  herd,  management  and  records,  The  university.     1907-8.     By 

Geo.  C.  Humphrey  and  F.  W.  Woll.     Bull.  167,  Wis.  Agr.   Exp. 

Station,  Sept.,  1908,  pp.  27,  figs.  9. 
Dairy  work,   Comparative.     By   L.   H.   Goddard  and   M.    O.    Bugby. 

Circ.  99,  Ohio  Agr.  Exp.  Station,  March  1,  1910,  pp.  8. 
Dehorning  milch  cows  on  the  production  of  milk  and  butter,  On  the 

effect  of,     By  F.   G.  Short.     Fifth  annual  report  Wisconsin  Sta- 
tion, 1887-88,  pp.  142-153. 
Digestion  experiments  with  corn  ensilage  and  fodder  corn.     By  F. 

W.   Woll.      Sixth   annual   report   Wisconsin    Station    for   1888-89, 

pp.  69-122.     An  elaborate  study  of  the  changes  in  milk  of  dairy 

cows  due  to  use  of  silage  and  fodder  corn. 
Ensilage  versus  dry  fodder  corn  for  producing  milk  and  butter.     By 

W.  A.  Henry.     Fifth  annual  report  Wisconsin  Station  for  1887- 

88,  pp.  5-28. 
Ensilage  versus  fodder  corn  for  milk  production.    By  F.  W.  A.  Woll. 

Fifth  annual  report  Wisconsin  Station  for  1887-88,  pp.  28-63. 
Experiments  with  dairy  cows.     By  D.   H.   Otis.     Bull.   125,   Kansas 

Station,    May,    1904,    pp.    59-161,    figs.    39.      A    discussion    of    the 

herd  from  numerous  points  of  view. 
Experiments   with   dairy   cows.      By    F.    B.    Linfield.      Bull.    No.    68, 

Utah   Exp.   Station,  June,  1900,  pp.   167-309,  figs.  9.     A   study  of 

dairy  records  and  winter  and  summer  experimental  feeding. 
Feed  and  care  of  the  dairy  cow.     By  H.   M.   Cottrell,   F.   C.  Burtis 

and  D.  H.  Otis.     Bull.  81,  Kansas  Station,  Sept.,  1898,  pp.  38. 
Feed  upon  the  quality  of  milk,  Effect  of.     By  James  Wilson,  G.  E. 

Patrick,  D.  A.  Kent  and  C.  F.   Curtiss.     Bull.  14,  Iowa  Station. 

Aug.,  1891,  pp.  123-142. 
Feeding  and  digestion  experiments  with  milch  cows.    1881-93.    Tenth 

annual  report  Wisconsin  Station,  1893,  pp.  10-54. 
Feeding  dairy  cows.    By  James  Wilson.    Bull.  32,  Iowa  Station,  1896, 

pp.  408-436. 

Feeding  dairy  cows.    By  C.  D.  Smith.     Bull.  149,  Michigan  Exp.  Sta- 
tion,   1898,   pp.    250-302.      Report    1898,    State    Board    of   Agricul- 
ture.    Reproduced  in  Bulletin  234  of  station. 
Feeding  experiments  with  milch  cows.    By  J.  H.  Stewart  and  Horace 

58 


Atwood.     Bull.   106,   West  Va.   Agr.   Exp.   Station,   June   1,   1906, 

pp.  335-345,  pi.  I. 
Feeding  dairy  cows.     By  T.  L.  Haecker.     Annual  report  Minnesota 

Station,  1899-1900,  pp.  517-556. 
Feeding  dairy  cows.     By  C.  D.  Smith.     Bull.  234,  Michigan  Station, 

Feb.,   1906,  pp.   85-109. 
Feeding  experiments.     Bull.  2,  New  Hampshire  Station,  June,  1888, 

pp.    14.      The    influence    of   various    rations    on    milk    production. 

Also  Bull.  8,  Nov.,  1889,  pp.  17. 
Feeding  experiments  for  milk.     By  James  Wilson,  C.  F.   Curtiss,  D. 

A.  Kent,  G.  E.  Patrick  and  E.  N.  Eaton.     Bull.  14,  Iowa  Station, 

Aug.,  1891,  pp.   152-161. 
Feeding  experiments  with  dairy  cows.     By  J.  F.  Duggar  and  R.  W. 

Clark.     Bull.  114,  Ala.  Station,  May,  1901,  pp.  53-80. 
Feeding  of  dairy  cows,  On  the  economy  of  heavy  grain.     By  F.  W. 

Woll    and    W.    L.    Carlyle.      Sixteenth    annual    report    Wisconsin 

Station  for  1899,  pp.  52-67.     Also  seventeenth  report,  1900,  pp.  61. 
Feeding  fat  to  cows,  On  the  effect  of.     By  Henry  H.  Wing.     Bull. 

92,  Cornell  Univ.  Exp.  Station,  May,  1895,  pp.  267-278. 
Feeding  for  milk,  Experiments  in.     By  James  Wilson,  G.  E.  Patrick, 

C.  F.  Curtiss,  etc.     Bull.  13,  Iowa  Station,  May,  1891,  pp.  30. 
Feeding,    Methods    of   dairy.      By    Harry    Hayward.      Bull.    No.    56, 

Penn.  Exp.  Station,  July,  1901,  pp.  6. 
Feeding  milk  cows.     By  J.  H.  Cornell  and  James  Clayton.     Bull.  33, 

Texas  Station,  Dec.,  1894,  pp.  499-520. 
Feeding  of  milch  cows,  Economic.     By  Joseph  B.  Lindsey.     Bull.  39, 

Hatch  Exp.  Station,  Mass.  Agr.  College,  April,  1896,  pp.  23. 
Feeding  the  dairy  cow.     By   C.   H.   Eckles.     Bull.  58,   Missouri  Sta- 
tion, July,  1902,  pp.  51-72. 
Food  and  temperature  on  the  quantity  and  quality  of  the  milk  of 

dairy  cows,  The  influences  of  changes  of.     Seventh  annual  re- 
port, Nebraska  Station,  1894,  pp.  43-65.     Contains  an  interesting 

bibliography  on  milk  and  dairy  subjects. 
Food   consumed  by  a  cow  producing  a  large  amount  of  milk  and 

butter,  The  amount  of.     By  W.  B.  Cady.     Ann.  Report  Missouri 

Station,  Dec.,  1898,  pp.  113-123. 
Food   on   economic   dairy   production,   Effect   of.     By   A.   M.    Soule. 

Bull.   47,   Texas   Station,   pp.    1033-1106,   numerous   plates,    charts 

and  diagrams.     Is  a  test  of  individuals  in  station  herd. 
Food   upon   economy   of   milk   and   butter   production,   Influence    of 

quantity  of.     By  H.  J.  Waters,  W.  H.  Caldwell  and  R.  J.  Weld. 

Bull.  No.  24.  Penn.  Exp.  Station,  July,  1893,  pp.  17. 
Food  on  milk,  Effect  of.     By  A.   H.  Wood.     Bull.  18,  New  Hamp- 
shire Station,  Nov.,  1892,  pp.  16. 
Food  upon  the  pure  fat  present  in  milk,  Influence  of.     By  Walter  J. 

Quick.     Bull.  20,  Colorado  Station,  August,  1892,  pp.  11-20. 
Food  upon  the  quality  of  milk,  Effect  of.   By  G.  H.  Whitcher.    Third 

and  fourth  reports,  New   Hampshire   Station,  pp.   138-155.     Also 

Bull.  No.  9  for  Feb.,  1890. 

59 


Gluten  and  cottonseed  meal  with  silage,  hay  and  stover  for  dairy 
cows.  By  Andrew  M.  Soule  and  John  R.  Fain.  Bull.  156,  Vir- 
ginia Station,  July,  1905,  pp.  30,  illus. 

Herd,  Experiments  with  dairy.  Bull.  No.  76,  Nebraska  Station,  vol. 
xv,  pp.  21,  figs.  4. 

Herd,  Grade  dairy.  By  R.  S.  Shaw  and  A.  C.  Anderson.  Bull.  238, 
Michigan  Exp.  Station,  pp.  280-292.  Report  1906,  Mich.  Board 
of  Agriculture. 

Herd  record  for  ten  years,  Dairy;  Cost  of  butter  fat  production.  By 
A.  L.  Haecker.  Bull.  101,  Neb.  Agr.  Exp.  Station,  Nov.  18,  1907, 
pp.  40,  figs.  8. 

Herd,  The  dairy;  Its  formation  and  management.  By  Henry  E.  Al- 
vord.  Farmers'  Bulletin  No.  55,  U.  S.  Dept.  Agric.,  1897,  pp.  24. 

Herd,  The  university  dairy,  1908-9.  By  G.  C.  Humphrey  and  F.  W. 
Woll.  Bull.  187,  Wis.  Agr.  Exp.  Station,  Dec.,  1909,  pp.  22, 
figs.  3. 

Individual  cows  en  dairy  farms,  Records  of.  By  Arthur  J.  Glover. 
Bull.  85,  Illinois  Station,  June,  1903,  pp.  1-44,  figs.  23. 

Individual  difference  in  the  value  of  dairy  cows.  By  Wilber  J.  Fra- 
ser.  Bull.  66,  Illinois  Station,  Nov.,  1901,  pp.  95-108. 

Lactation  on  nutrient  requirements,  Influence  of  stage  of.  By  T.  L. 
Haecker.  Eleventh  Ann.  Rept.  Minn.  Station,  1902-03,  pp.  128- 
148. 

Milch  cows  at  pasture,  Feeding  grain  to.  By  J.  H.  Stewart  and 
Horace  Atwood.  Bull.  109,  West  Va.  Agr.  Exp.  Station,  Aug., 
1907,  pp.  15,  fig.  1. 

Milk  and  butter  production,  Studies  in.  By  Andrew  M.  Soule,  John 
R.  Fain  and  Milton  P.  Jarnagin.  Bull.  170,  Virginia  Agr.  Exp. 
Station,  July,  1907,  pp.  44,  figs.  6. 

Milk  affected  by  common  dairy  practices,  Quality  of.  By  W.  A. 
Stocking,  Jr.  Bull.  42,  Storrs  Agr.  Exp.  Station,  June,  1906,  pp. 
62-91,  figs.  2. 

Milk  and  butter  fat  by  dairy  cows,  On  the  relation  of  food  to  the 
production  of.  By  Fritz  Wilhelm  Woll.  Reprint  of  Bulletin 
116  of  the  Agricultural  Experiment  Station  of  the  University 
of  Wisconsin,  Madison,  1904,  pp.  85,  figs.  7.  A  thesis  submitted 
for  the  degree  of  Doctor  of  Philosophy,  University  of  Wiscon- 
sin, 1904.  A  very  interesting  and  instructive  thesis. 

Milk  production,  Cost  of.  By  Henry  H.  Wing.  Bull.  52,  Cornell 
Univ.  Exp.  Station,  May,  1893,  pp.  71-95,  figs.  4.  One  of  the  first 
reports  on  this  subject  by  a  station,  discussing  variations  in  indi- 
vidual cows. 

Milk  production,  Effect  of  drouth  on.  By  L.  L.  Van  Slyke.  Bull. 
105,  new  series  New  York  Station,  Aug.,  1896,  pp.  131-152. 

Milk  production,  Ensilage  vs.  corn  fodder  for.  By  F.  W.  Woll.  Bull. 
15,  Wisconsin  Station,  May,  1888,  pp.  40,  plates  iii. 

Milk  production,  Experiments  on.  Bull.  4,  Wisconsin  Station,  Sept., 
1884,  pp.  20. 

Milk  production,  Investigations  in.     By  T.  L.  Haecker.     Annual  re- 

60 


port  Minnesota  Station,  1899-1900,  pp.  333-516.  Illustrated.  This 
is  in  the  main  a  record  of  the  dairy  cattle  herd  for  the  years 
1894,  1895  and  1896.  This  includes  a  study  of  the  relationship 
of  conformation  to  production.  Also  report  for  1900-'01,  pp. 
267-300.  A  report  on  the  protein  requirements  of  dairy  cows, 
and  the  relationship  of  nutritive  ratios  to  production.  Also  re- 
port for  1902-'03,  pp.  89-148.  A  discussion  of  (1)  food  of  main- 
tenance; (2)  nutrient  requirements;  (3)  protein  requirements: 
(4)  influence  of  stage  of  lactation  on  nutriment  requirements. 

Milk  secretion,  Studies  in.  By  Henry  H.  Wing  and  Leroy  Ander- 
son. Bull.  152Z  Cornell  Univ.  Exp.  Station,  Oct.,  1898,  pp.  51- 
105.  Studies  drawn  from  officially  authenticated  tests  of  Hol- 
stein-Friesian  cows.  Large  amount  of  tabular  matter.  Also 
Bull.  169,  May,  1899,  pp.  519-552,  figs.  3.  Studies  drawn  from 
the  records  of  the  university  herd,  1891-1898. 

Milkers,  The  effect  on  dairy  cows  of  changing.  By  W.  L.  Carlyle. 
Sixteenth  annual  report  Wisconsin  Station  for  1899,  pp.  89-91. 

Milking,  Investigations  of  methods  of.  By  F.  W.  Woll.  Nineteenth 
annual  report  Wisconsin  Station  for  1902,  pp.  75-106,  figs.  11. 

Oats  vs.  bran  for  milk  and  butter  production,  Ground.  By  F.  W. 
Woll.  Seventh  annual  report  Wisconsin  Station,  1890,  pp.  65-79. 

Oil  meal  as  compared  with  corn  meal  for  milk  production,  Value  of 
new  process.  By  H.  P.  Armsby.  Third  annual  report  Wis- 
consin Station  for  1885,  pp.  97-114. 

Oil  meal  vs.  corn  meal  for  milk.  By  H.  P.  Armsby.  Bull.  8,  Wis- 
consin Station,  Dec.,  1835,  pp.  20. 

Pasturage,  The  milk  and  butter  product  as  influenced  by  the  grain 
ration  when  fed  with  ample.  By  E.  M.  Shelton  and  H.  M.  Cot- 
trell.  First  report  Kansas  Station,  1888,  pp.  69-95. 

Pasture  experiments  with  dairy  cows.  Eighth  Report  Utah  Exp.  Sta- 
tion, 1897,  pp.  53-55. 

Pasture,  Milk  and  beef  from  permanent.  By  William  Brown.  Bull. 
IV,  Ontario  Agr.  College,  Aug.  7,  1886,  pp.  4. 

Protein  required  in  the  ration  of  dairy  cows,  Discussion  of  the 
amount  of.  By  C.  L.  Beach.  Bull.  34,  Storrs  Station,  Jan.,  1905, 
pp.  22. 

Protein  required  in  the  ration  for  dairy  cows,  Discussion  of  the 
amount  of.  By  C.  L.  Beach.  Bull.  34,  Storrs  Agr.  Exp.  Sta- 
tion, Jan.,  1905  ,pp.  22. 

Protein  requirements  for  dairy  cows.  By  Andrew  M.  Soule,  John 
R.  Fair  and  Milton  P.  Jarnagin.  Bull  169,  Virginia  Agr.  Exp. 
Station,  June,  1907,  pp.  291-313,  figs.  8. 

Rations  fed  to  milch  cows  on  sixteen  dairy  farms  in  Connecticut,  A 
study  of.  By  Charles  D.  Woods  and  C.  S.  Phelps.  Report  1893. 
Storrs,  Conn.  Station,  pp.  69-115. 

Rations  fed  to  milch  cows  in  Connecticut,  A  study  of.  By  Charles 
D.  Woods  and  C.  S.  Phelps.  Report  1895,  Storrs,  Conn.  Sta- 
tion, pp.  41-76.  Also  1896,  pp.  53-84.  Also  report  1897,  pp. 
17-66.  By  W.  O.  Atwater  and  C.  S.  Phelps. 

6l 


Ration  for  cows  at  pasture,  On  the  effect  of  grain.  By  I.  P.  Rob- 
erts and  Henry  H.  Wing.  Bull.  13,  Cornell  Univ.  Exp.  Station, 
Dec.,  1889,  pp.  161-167.  Also  Bull.  22,  Nov.,  1890,  pp.  91-100, 
and  Bull.  36,  Dec.,  1891,  pp.  342-351,  and  Bull.  49,  Dec.,  1892, 
pp.  424-426. 

Rations  for  dairy  cows.  By  F.  W.  Woll.  Bull.  33,  Wisconsin  Sta- 
tion, Oct.,  1892,  pp.  22.  Also  ninth  report,  1892,  pp.  72-93. 

Rations  for  dairy  cows,  etc.  By  G.  E.  Day.  Bull.  104,  On-tario  Agr. 
College  and  Exp.  Station,  Dec.,  1896,  pp.  28. 

Rations  for  dairy  cows,  One  hundred.  By  F.  W.  Woll.  Eleventh 
annual  report  Wisconsin  Station,  1894,  pp.  86-112. 

Rations  for  dairy  cows,  One  hundred  American.  By  F.  W.  Woll. 
Bull.  38,  Wisconsin  Station,  Jan.,  1894,  pp.  47. 

Ration  for  dairy  cows,  Replacing  grain  with  alfalfa  in  a.  By  Andrew 
M.  Soule  and  Samuel  E.  Barnes.  Bull.  4,  vol.  xvii,  Tenn.  Agr. 
Exp.  Station,  Oct.,  1904,  pp.  69-92,  figs.  8. 

Ration,  The  immediate  effect  en  milk  production  of  changes  in  the. 
By  W.  P.  Wheeler.  Bull.  210,  New  York  Station,  Dec.,  1901,  pp. 
373-433. 

Record,  Dairy  herd.  By  J.  H.  Shepperd.  Bui).  16,  North  Dakota 
Station,  Dec.,  1894,  pp.  65-74. 

Record,  Dairy  herd.  By  W.  L.  Carlyle.  Sixteenth  annual  report 
Wisconsin  Station  for  1899,  pp.  68-88,  figs.  14. 

Record  for  1894-95,  Dairy  herd.  By  F.  B.  Linfield.  Bull.  No.  43, 
Utah  Exp.  Station,  May,  1896,  pp.  34. 

Record  for  1893,  Dairy  herd.  By  T.  L.  Haecker.  Annual  report 
Minnesota  Station  for  1894,  pp.  37-53.  Also  published  in  Bull. 
35  of  station.  Illustrated. 

Records  from  Indiana  dairy  herds.  By  O.  F.  Hunziker,  H.  A.  Hop- 
per and  H.  J.  Fiddler.  Bull.  127,  Purdue  Univ.  Agr.  Exp.  Sta- 
tion, Sept.,  1908,  pp.  161-216,  figs.  26. 

Records  of  dairy  cows,  The  value  of  the  individual.  By  B.  E.  Car- 
michael.  Circular  67,  Ohio  Agr.  Exp.  Station,  Mar.  25,  1907,  pp. 
10,  figs.  3. 

Records  of  dairy  cows  in  the  United  States.  By  Clarence  B.  Lane. 
Bull.  75,  Bureau  Animal  Industry,  U.  S.  Dept.  Agric.,  1905,  pp. 
184,  plates  17. 

Record  of  station  dairy  cows.  By  J.  S.  Moore.  Bull.  70,  Miss.  Sta- 
tion, Dec.,  1901,  pp.  19. 

Record  of  the  dairy  herd.  By  J.  S.  Moore.  Miss.  Station,  fourteenth 
report,  1900-1901,  pp.  17-23. 

Record  cf  the  university  dairy  herd.  By  W.  L.  Carlyle.  Seventeenth 
annual  report  Wisconsin  Station  for  1900,  pp.  314-335,  figs.  10. 

Roots  against  grain  in  milk  production.  By  William  Brown.  Bull, 
xxx,  Ontario  Agr.  College,  June  1,  1888,  pp.  5. 

Roots  for  concentrated  foods  in  rations  for  milk  production,  The 
substitution  of.  By  Elmer  S.  Savage.  Bull.  268,  Cornell  Univ. 
Agr.  Exp.  Station,  June,  1909,  pp.  441-488,  figs.  112-118,  plates  II. 

Rye  meal  and  quaker  oats  feed  for  milk  production.  By  Harry  Hay- 

62 


ward.     Bull.  No.  52,  Perm.   Exp.  Station,  June,  1900,  pp.  8. 

Silage  and  field  cured  fodder  corn  for  milk  and  butter  production. 
The  relative  value  of  corn.  By  F.  W.  Woll.  Eighth  annual  re- 
port Wisconsin  Station,  1891,  pp.  49-60. 

Silage  for  milch  cows,  Corn.  By  W.  P.  Wheeler.  Bull.  97,  new  se- 
ries, New  York  Station,  Dec.,  1895,  pp.  473-511. 

Shelter  milch  cows  in  winter?  Does  it  pay  to.  By  Charles  S.  Plumb. 
Bull.  47,  Indiana  Station,  Nov.,  1893,  pp.  89-96,  figs.  2. 

Soiling  crops,  Feeding  experiments  with  milch  cows  on.  By  C.  S. 
Phelps.  Report  1892,  Storrs,  Conn.  Station,  pp.  127-134. 

Soiling  system  for  milch  cows.  By  H.  P.  Armsby,  William  Frear 
et  al.  Report  Penn.  Exp.  Station,  1888,  pp.  54-77. 

Soiling  system  for  milch  cows.  By  H.  P.  Armsby,  William  Frear, 
William  H.  Caldwell  and  George  L.  Holter.  Report  Penn.  Exp. 
Station,  1889,  pp.  53-112. 

Soiling  versus  pasturing  for  dairy  cows.  By  W.  A,  Henry.  Third 
annual  report  Wisconsin  Station  for  1885,  pp.  19-25. 

Test  of  cows,  Comparative.  Bull.  23,  new  series,  New  York  Station, 
Sept.,  1890,  pp.  297-325. 

Tests  of  dairy  cows.  Bull.  No.  17,  Vermont  Exp.  Station,  Oct.,  1889. 
Also  No.  22,  Oct.,  1890. 

Tests  of  dairy  cows.  By  H.  P.  Armsby.  Bull.  10,  Wisconsin  Sta- 
tion, Oct.,  1896,  pp.  14. 

Tests  of  dairy  cows,  Official.  By  F.  W.  Woll.  Seventeenth  annual 
report  Wisconsin  Station  for  1900,  pp.  62-75. 

Tests  of  dairy  cows,  Official.  By  F.  W.  Woll  and  Roscoe  H.  Shaw. 
Eighteenth  annual  report  Wisconsin  Station  for  1901,  pp.  73-84. 

Tests  of  dairy  cows,  Official.  By  F.  W.  Woll.  Nineteenth  annual 
report  Wisconsin  Station  for  1902.  pp.  107-127. 

Tests  of  dairy  cows,  Official.  1903-4.  By  F.  W.  Woll.  Twenty-first 
annual  report  Wisconsin  Agr.  Exp.  Station,  pp.  112-142,  figs.  23- 
35.  Report  for  1904-5.  Bull.  131,  Wis.  Agr.  Exp.  Station,  Dec., 
1905,  pp.  46,  figs.  20. 

Tests  of  dairy  cows,  Official,  1905-6.  By  F.  W.  Woll  and  Roy  T. 
Harris.  Bull.  144,  Wisconsin  Agr.  Exp.  Station,  Jan.,  1907,  pp. 
66,  figs.  19. 

Tests  of  dairy  cows,  1907-8.  By  F.  W.  Woll  and  R.  T.  Harris.  Bull. 
172,  Wis.  Agr.  Exp.  Station.  Feb.,  1909,  pp.  34,  figs.  18. 

Tests  of  dairy  cows,  1899-1909.  A  decade  of,  with  tests  conducted 
during  1908-9.  Bull.  191,  Wis.  Agr.  Exp.  Station,  Feb.,  1910,  pp. 
49,  figs.  23. 

Tests,  Record  of  station  herd  for  1892;  Cow.  Bull.  No.  33,  Vt.  Exp. 
Station. 

Testing  of  dairy  breeds.  Bulletin  No.  18,  new  series,  New  York  Sta- 
tion, Nov.,  1889,  pp.  157-198.  Reports  on  breeds,  foods  fed, 
weights  of  animals  and  details  of  feeding.  See  also  Bulletin 
21,  July,  1890,  pp.  238-283;  No.  34,  Aug.,  1891,  pp.  557-602;  No. 
77,  Nov.,  1894,  pp.  445-474,  on  the  cost  of  milk  production;  No. 
•  78,  Nov.,  1894,  pp.  475-503,  on  the  cost  of  butter  and  cheese  pro- 

63 


duction;  No.  79,  Nov.,  1894,  pp.  505-526,  on  the  cost  of  cheese 
production. 

Testing  cows  at  the  farm.  By  E.  H.  Farrington.  Bull.  75,  Wiscon- 
sin Station,  June,  1899,  pp.  30,  figs.  16. 

Udder  of  the  cow,  The.  By  C.  S.  Plumb.  Bull.  62,  Indiana  Station, 
Oct.,  1896,  pp.  71-96,  figs.  12. 

Variations  in  milk.  By  E.  H.  Farrington.  Bull.  24,  Illinois  Station, 
Feb.,  1893,  pp.  137-171.  Relates  to  observations  on  periods  of 
lactation  of  six  cows. 

Variations  in  milk  and  milk  production.  By  E.  Davenport  and  W. 
J.  Fraser.  Bull.  51,  Illinois  Station,  May,  1898,  pp.  77-103. 

Water  for  dairy  cows,  Warming.  By  Samuel  Johnson.  Bull.  41, 
Mich.  Agr.  College  Exp.  Station,  Oct.,  1888,  pp.  8. 

Water  for  milch  cows  in  winter,  Comparative  value  of  warm  and 
cold.  By  F.  H.  King.  Bull.  21,  Wisconsin  Station,  Oct.,  1889, 
pp.  30. 

Winter  dairy  cows,  Feeding.  By  James  Wilson.  Bull.  25,  Iowa  Sta- 
tion, 1894,  pp.  16. 

Winter  feeding  experiments  with  dairy  cows.  By  F.  B.  Linfield. 
Bull.  No.  43,  Utah  Exp.  Station,  pp.  35-59. 

Winter  milk  with  and  without  grain.  By  William  Brown.  Bull,  xii, 
Ontario  Agr.  College,  June  22,  1887,  pp.  5. 

Winter  without  grain,  Milk  in.  By  William  Brown.  Bull,  xi,  On- 
tario Agr.  College,  June  15,  1887,  pp.  6. 


64 


MISCELLANEOUS. 

Animal  body,  On  the  importance  of  the  physiological  requirements 
of  the.  Results  of  an  attempt  to  grow  cattle  without  coarse 
feed.  By  E.  Davenport.  Bull.  46,  Illinois  Station,  Jan.,  1897, 
pp.  362-371. 

Age  of  the  domestic  animals.  Being  a  complete  treatise  on  the 
dentition  of  the  horse,  ox,  sheep,  hog  and  dog,  and  on  the  va- 
rious other  means  of  determining  the  age  of  these  animals.  By 
Rush  Shippen  Huidekoper.  Philadelphia  and  London:  F.  A. 
Davis,  1891,  pp.  217,  figs.  194,  24cm. 

Animal  intelligence,  The  nature  and  development  of.  By  Wesley 
Mills.  New  York:  The  Macmillan  Co.,  1898,  pp.  307,  20^cm.  A 
psychological  discussion  with  experimental  contributions  of  work 
on  squirrels,  dogs,  cats,  fowls,  etc. 

Animal  products,  Their  preparation,  commercial  uses  and  value.  By 
P.  L.  Simmons.  London:  Chapman  &  Hall,  1889,  pp.  416,  illus- 
trated, 20  cm.  This  is  a  valuable  reference  work  on  the  uses  of 
the  animal  and  its  products. 

Argentine  shows  and  live  stock.  By  Robert  Wallace.  Edinburgh: 
Oliver  and  Boyd,  1904,  pp.  154,  figs.  75.  Cloth,  7^x11  inches. 

British  animals  extinct  within  historic  times,  with  some  account  of 
British  wild  white  cattle.  By  James  Edmund  Harting.  Boston: 
J.  R.  Osgood  &  Co.,  1880,  pp.  258,  illustrated,  22*4  cm.  A  stand- 
ard work.  This  volume  also  discusses  the  wild  boar. 

Buffalo  range.  By  T.  R.  Davis.  Harper's  Magazine,  vol.  38,  1868- 
69,  pp.  147-163.  Illustrated. 

Cattle  producing  districts  of  France,  The  corn  and.  By  George  Gib- 
son Richardson.  Cassell  Petter  and  Galpin,  London,  Paris  and 
New  York,  n.  d.,  pp.  528,  illustrated.  Cloth,  6x9  inches.  Was  pub- 
lished about  1877  and  contains  much  of  interest  on  the  French 
provinces,  their  soil,  climate,  crops,  live  stock,  etc. 

Cost  of  producing  thoroughbred  cattle  and  sheep  in  Ontario.  By  W. 
Brown.  Bull.  1,  Ontario  Exp.  Farm,  May,  1886,  pp.  5. 

Cyclopedia  of  American  Agriculture:  A  popular  survey  of  agricul- 
tural conditions,  practices  and  ideals  in  the  United  States  and 
Canada.  Edited  by  L.  H.  Bailey.  With  100  full  page  plates  and 
more  than  2,000  illustrations  in  the  text.  In  four  volumes.  Vol. 
Ill,  Animals.  New  York:  The  Macmillan  Company,  1908,  pp. 
708,  figs.  681,  plates  xxv,  8x10^2  inches.  This  large  valume  con- 
tains a  most  valuable  collection  of  articles  on  a  wide  range  of 
animal  husbandry  titles,  written  by  the  leading  American  au- 
thorities. It  is  a  valuable  reference  work. 

Date  book  of  live  stock  and  agriculture.  St.  Louis:  Hale  Publishing 
Co.,  1893,  pp.  96,  16^  cm.  A  convenient  little  reference  pam- 
phlet which  has  passed  through  several  editions. 

Deer  farming  in  the  United  States.  By  D.  E.  Lantz.  Farmers'  Bul- 
letin 330,  U.  S.  Dept.  of  Agric.,  1908,  pp.  20,  figs.  2. 

Dehorning  of  cattle.     By  Richard  W.  Hickman,  V.  M.  D.     Farmers' 

65 


Bull.  350,  U.  S.  Dept.  of  Agr.,  Feb.  6,  1909,  pp.  14,  figs.  6. 

Domestic  animals.  A  pocket  manual  of  cattle,  horse  and  sheep  hus- 
bandry, or  how  to  breed  and  rear  the  various  tenants  of  the  barn- 
yard, etc.  By  the  author  of  "How  to  Do  Business,"  "The  Gar- 
den," etc.  New  York:  Fowler  &  Wells,  1858,  pp.  168,  illus.  Rural 
Handbook  No.  3. 

Domestic  animals.  History  and  description  of  the  horse,  mule,  cat- 
tle, sheep,  swine,  poultry  and  farm  dogs.  With  directions  for 
their  management,  breeding,  crossing,  rearing,  feeding  and  prep- 
aration for  a  profitable  market.  Also  their  diseases  and  rem- 
edies, together  with  full  directions  for  the  management  of  the 
dairy.  By  R.  L.  Allen.  New  York:  A.  O.  Moore,  1859,  pp.  227, 
figs.  45,  V$y2  cm. 

Farm  animals,  Hints  on  the  breeding  and  rearing  of.  By  Thomas 
Walley.  Edinburgh,  1887,  pp.  68. 

Fertility,  On  the  relation  of  farm  live  stock  to.  By  H.  P.  Armsby. 
Report  Penn.  Exp.  Station,  1890,  pp.  27-30. 

Grazier,  The  complete,  and  farmers'  and  cattle  breeders'  assistant.  A 
compendium  of  husbandry,  embracing  the  breeding,  management 
and  diseases  of  stock,  dairy  farming  and  dairy  produce;  poultry 
and  poultry  farming;  farm  offices,  implements  and  machines;  cul- 
tivation and  management  of  crops  and  grass  land;  drainage,  irri- 
gation and  warping;  manures,  their  application  and  value,  etc. 
Originally  written  by  William  Youatt,  Esq.  Thirteenth  edition, 
rewritten,  considerably  enlarged  and  brought  up  to  the  present 
requirements  of  agricultural  practice.  By  William  Fream.  Lon- 
don: Crosby  Lockwood  &  Son,  1893,  pp.  1986,  about  450  illustra- 
tions, 24%  cm.  The  most  recent  edition  of  a  famous  work  by 
Youatt. 

Growth  of  young  stock.  By  C.  C.  Georgeson,  F.  C.  Burtis  and  D.  H. 
Otis.  Bull.  72,  Kansas  Station,  July,  1897,  pp.  175-180. 

Horseshoeing.  By  John  W.  Adams.  Farmers'  Bulletin  No.  179,  U. 
S.  Dept.  Agric.,  1903,  pp.  30,  figs.  18. 

Horseshoeing,  Principles  of.  By  E.  P.  Niles.  Bull.  46,  Virginia  Sta- 
tion, Nov.,  1894,  pp.  129-138,  figs.  2. 

Intelligence  of  animals,  The.  With  illustrative  anecdotes.  From  the 
French  of  Ernest  Menault.  New  York:  Charles  Scribner  &  Co., 
1869,  pp.  370,  illustrated,  17J^  cm.  A  popular  discussion,  in 
which  farm  animals  receive  consideration. 

Judging  live  stock.  By  John  A.  Craig.  Published  by  the  author. 
Kenyon  Printing  &  Mfg.  Co.,  Des  Moines,  Iowa,  1901,  pp.  193, 
many  illustrations,  22  cm.  The  only  work  of  its  kind  and  in- 
valuable to  the  student  of  domestic  animals.  Several  editions 
have  been  published  since  1901. 

Live  stock.  By  W.  T.  Carrington,  G.  Gilbert,  J.  C.  Morton,  Gilbert 
Murray,  Sanders  Spencer  and  J.  Wortley-Axe.  Fourth  edition. 
London:  Vinton  and  Co.,  n.  d.,  pp.  156,  illustrated,  19  cm.  Is 
No.  II  of  Morton's  Handbook  of  the  Farm. 

Live  stock  and  cattle  management,  Improved.     By  R.  W.  Dickson, 

66 


M.  D.  London:  Printed  for  Thomas  Kelly,  n.  d.,  in  two  vols., 
pp.  504  and  510,  illustrated.  Calf,  9x11  inches,  two  vols.  in  one. 
Many  colored  plates.  Published  about  1850. 

Live  stock  of  the  farm,  The.  By  Robert  Oliphant  Pringle.  Second 
edition.  Edinburgh  and  London:  William  Blackwood  and  Sons, 
1875,  pp.  430,  19J4  cm. 

Live  stock  of  the  farm,  The.  By  W.  T.  Carrington,  T.  Gilbert,  J.  C. 
Morten,  Gilbert  Murray,  Sanders  Spencer  and  J.  Wortley-Axe. 
London:  Bradbury,  Agnew  &  Co.,  1882,  pp.  156,  illustrated.  One 
of  the  Handbooks  of  the  Farm  Series,  edited  by  J.  Chalmers 
Morton. 

Locomotion  in  the  Muybridge  photographs,  Animal.  By  Talcott 
Williams.  Century  Magazine,  vol.  12,  1887,  pp.  336-368.  Illus- 
trated. 

Mechanism,  Animal;  A  treatise  on  terrestrial  and  aerial  locomotion. 
By  E.  J.  Marey.  New  York:  D.  Appleton  &  Co.,  1874,  pp.  283, 
figs.  117,  19J/2  cm.  One  of  the  International  Scientific  Series. 

Milk  of  pure-bred  cows  of  different  breeds,  Average  composition  of. 
By  F.  W.  Woll.  Eighteenth  annual  report  Wisconsin  Station 
for  1901,  pp.  85-97. 

Milking  machine  experiments.  By  F.  W.  Woll  and  G.  C.  Humphrey. 
Bull.  173,  Wis.  Agr.  Exp.  Station,  Feb.,  1909,  pp.  30,  figs.  4. 

Milking  machines.  By  W.  A.  Stocking,  Jr.,  C.  J.  Mason  and  C.  L. 
Beach.  Bull.  47,  Storrs  Agr.  Exp.  Station,  May,  1907,  pp.  101- 
138,  figs.  38-44b.  Part  I,  Effect  upon  quality  of  milk.  Part  II, 
Effect  upon  milk  yield. 

Milking  machines.  By  H.  H.  Dean  and  S.  F.  Edwards.  Bull.  159, 
Ontario  Agr.  College,  June,  1907,  pp.  24. 

Milking  machines.  By  Oscar  Erf.  Bull.  140,  Kansas  Agr.  Exp.  Sta- 
tion, Oct.,  1906,  pp.  67,  figs.  66,  plans  6. 

Milking  machines.  By  A.  L.  Haecker  and  E.  M.  Little.  Bull.  No. 
108,  Agr.  Exp.  Station  of  Nebraska,  vol.  xxi,  article  ii,  pp.  73, 
figs.  3.  Distributed  Dec.  7,  1908. 

Milking,  Methods  of.  By  F.  G.  Krauss.  Bull.  8,  Hawaii  Agr.  Exp. 
Station,  Washington,  1905,  pp.  15,  figs.  5. 

Mule,  The;  A  treatise  on  the  breeding,  training  and  uses  to  which 
he  may  be  put.  By  Harvey  Riley.  New  York:  Dick  and  Fitz- 
gerald, 1867,  pp.  107,  illustrated,  19  cm.  Gives  much  information 
relative  to  this  valuable  but  little  understood  animal. 

Pails,  Comparative  studies  with  covered.  By  W.  A.  Stocking,  Jr. 
Bull.  48,  Storrs  Agr.  Exp.  Station,  May,  1907,  pp.  73-104,  figs. 
27-37. 

Physiology  at  the  farm,  in  aid  of  rearing  and  feeding  the  live  stock. 
By  William  Seller  and  Henry  Stephens.  Edinburgh:  William 
Blackwood  &  Sons,  1867,  pp.  634.  Illustrated. 

Publications  of  the  Bureau  of  Animal  Industry.  Circular  106,  Bu- 
reau of  Animal  Industry,  U.  S.  Dept.  of  Agric.,  April  15,  1907, 
pp.  24. 

Reindeer,  The  people  of  the.    By  Jonas  Stadling.    Century  Magazine, 

67 


Vol.  58,  1899,  pp.  582-590.     Illustrated. 

Ruminating  animals,  The  natural  history  of  the.  Containing  goats, 
sheep,  wild  and  domestic  cattle,  etc.  Part  II,  by  Sir  William  Jar- 
dine.  Edinburgh:  W.  H.  Lizars,  1836,  pp.  264,  plates  33,  18  cm. 
This  is  vol.  iv.  on  Mammalia  of  the  Naturalists'  Library. 

Sanitary  arrangements  for  stock,  On.  By  William  Brown,  Trans- 
High,  and  Agr.  Soc.  Scot,  1870-'71,  p.  114-128. 

Scorecard  in  stock  breeding.  By  Geo.  M.  Rommel,  B.  S.  A.  Bull. 
No.  76,  Bureau  of  Animal  Industry,  U.  S.  Dept.  of  Agriculture, 
Washington,  1905,  pp.  54. 

Sheep,  hogs  and  horses  in  the  Pacific  Northwest.  I.  Sheep  hus- 
bandry, by  James  Withycomb.  II.  Hog  raising,  by  Hiram  T. 
French.  III.  The  horse  industry,  by  S.  B.  Nelson.  Farmers' 
Bulletin  No.  117,  U.  S.  Dept.  Agric.,  1900,  pp.  28,  figs.  2. 

Shelter  for  hill  stock  upon  exposed  land,  Report  upon  providing.  By 
James  Cowan,  Trans  High,  and  Ag.  Soc.  Scot.,  1857-1859,  pp. 
173-189. 

Sheltered  vs.  unsheltered  stock.  By  J.  W.  Sanborn.  Third  report 
Utah  Exp.  Station,  1892,  pp.  21-29. 

Shelter  of  stock.  By  J.  W.  Sanborn.  Bull.  No.  23,  Utah  Exp.  Sta- 
tion, pp.  10. 

Shoeing  for  special  purposes.  By  E.  P.  Niles.  Bull.  54,  Virginia 
Station,  July,  1895,  pp.  83-94,  figs.  10. 

Stalls,  Sanitary  cow.  By  C.  A.  Ocock.  Bull.  185,  Wis.  Agr.  Exp. 
Station,  Nov.,  1909,  pp.  18,  figs.  9. 

Ventilation  upon  milch  cows,  A  preliminary  experiment  on  the  in- 
fluence of  imperfect.  By  F.  H.  King.  Eighth  annual  report 
Wisconsin  Station,  1891,  pp.  61-68. 

Water  supply  for  live  stock,  Some  observations  on  contaminated.  By 
M.  Stalker.  Bull.  13,  Iowa  Station,  May,  1891,  pp.  118-120. 

Weight  of  farm  animals,  Variation  in.  By  W.  A.  Henry.  Third  an- 
nual report  Wisconsin  Station  for  1885,  pp.  38-42. 

Wintering  live  stock,  Some  facts  and  experiences  in  preparation  for. 
By  Wm.  Brown.  Bull,  xxi,  Ontario  Agr.  College,  Nov.  8,  1887, 
pp.  6. 


68 


SHEEP. 

American  Shepherd,  The;  Being  a  history  of  the  sheep,  with  their 
breeds,  management  and  diseases.  By  L.  A.  Morrell.  New  York: 
Harper  &  Bro.,  1846,  pp.  437,  illustrated,  20  cm.  Several  editions 
have  been  published,  of  what  in  its  its  time  was  a  most  excellent 
volume  on  sheep. 

Australian  sheep  and  woo!,  A  practical  and  theoretical  treatise.  By 
Alfred  Hawkesworth.  Sydney,  Australia:  William  Brooks  and 
Co.,  Ltd.  Second  edition,  revised  and  enlarged,  1906,  pp.  398, 
illustrated,  21^  cm.  Contains  a  brief  account  of  the  various 
breeds  of  sheep,  followed  by  a  discussion  of  wool  of  various 
classes  and  grades. 

Black-faced  sheep,  Their  history,  distribution  and  improvement,  with 
methods  of  management  and  treatment  of  their  principal  dis- 
eases. By  John  Scott  and  Charles  Scott.  Edinburgh:  Thomas 
C.  Jack,  1888,  pp.  307,  illustrated.  Cloth,  7Sg  in.  The  standard 
work  in  Highland  Black-faced  sheep. 

Breeds  of  sheep,  Border.  By  John  Usher.  Second  edition.  Kelso: 
J,  and  J.  H.  Rutherford,  1893,  pp.  76-|-66,  numerous  mounted  pho- 
tographs, 16  cm.  The  appendix  contains  papers  by  John  Clay, 
Jr.,  and  Henry  Scott. 

Breeding  early  lambs.  By  John  A.  Craig.  Eleventh  annual  report 
Wisconsin  Station,  1894,  pp.  42-52,  figs.  5. 

Breeding  experiments  with  sheep.  By  Frederick  B.  Mumford.  Bull. 
53,  Missouri  Station,  Nov.,  1901,  pp.  165-188,  figs.  vii. 

Breeding  habit  in  sheep,  Changing  the.  By  Thomas  Shaw.  Eleventh 
Annual  Report  Minn.  Station,  1902-'03,  pp.  71-81. 

Breeding  lambs  for  market.  Twentieth  annual  report  Wisconsin 
Station  for  1903,  pp.  69-73. 

Breeding,  Observations  on  sheep,  from  the  experiment  station  flock 
records,  Some.  By  W.  L.  Carlyle  and  T.  F.  McConnell.  Nine- 
teenth annual  report  Wisconsin  Station  for  1902,  pp.  42-61. 

Breeding  on  the  feeding  qualities  of  lambs,  Influence  of.  By  John  A. 
Craig.  Thirteenth  annual  report  Wisconsin  Station  for  1896,  pp. 
59-65,  figs.  7. 

Breeding  sheep,  Notes  on  cross.  By  John  A.  Craig.  Eighth  annual 
report  Wisconsin  Station,  1891,  pp.  33-37.  The  result  of  crossing 
the  Shropshire  with  the  American  Merino. 

Breeding  Shropshire  and  Merino  sheep,  Cross.  By  John  A.  Craig. 
Ninth  annual  report  Wisconsin  Station,  1892,  pp.  42-52,  figs.  4. 

Corn  versus  ground  peas,  to  lambs  before  and  after  weaning,  Feed- 
ing ground.  By  W.  L.  Carlyle.  Sixteenth  annual  report  Wis- 
consin Station  for  1899,  pp.  44-51,  figs.  2. 

Cottonseed  meal  to  sheep,  Feeding.  By  Dan  T.  Gray  and  J.  W. 
Ridgway.  Bull.  148,  Alabama  Agr.  Exp.  Station,  Oct.,  1909,  pp. 
152-157. 

Cottonseed  meal  compared  with  oil  meal  for  feeding  lambs.  By  John 
A,  Craig.  Ninth  annual  report  Wisconsin  Station,  1892,  pp.  21-23. 

69 


Digestion  co-efficients  with  sheep.  By  James  H.  Shepard  and  A.  E. 
Koch.  Bull.  114,  South  Dakota  Agr.  Exp.  Station,  May,  1909, 
pp.  525-554. 

Digestion  experiments  with  sheep.  By  C.  S.  Phefps  and  Charles  D. 
Woods.  Report  1895,  Storrs,  Conn.  Station,  pp.  187-214.  Also 
report  1896,  pp.  246-272,  and  1898,  pp.  204-220. 

Digestion  experiments  with  wethers,  Alfalfa  and  native  hay.  By 
Henry  G.  Knightz  Frank  E.  Hepner  and  G.  E.  Morton.  Bull. 
69,  Wyoming  Agr.  Exp.  Station,  April,  1906,  pp.  42. 

Digestion  trials,  with  chickens  and  sheep.  By  John  Fields  and  A.  G. 
Ford.  Bull.  No.  46,  Oklahoma  Exp.  Station,  May,  1900. 

Dip  and  as  a  destroyed  of  parasites  upon  domestic  animals,  Kero- 
sene emulsion  as  a  sheep.  By  C.  P.  Gillette.  Bull.  11,  Iowa  Sta- 
tion, Nov.,  1890,  pp.  495-498. 

Dipping,  pouring  and  smearing  sheep,  On  the.  By  N.  P.  Stewart, 
Trans.  High,  and  Agr.  Soc.  Scot.,  1870-'71,  pp.  260-267.  Also 
on  same  subject,  Robt.  Laidlow,  pp.  268-273. 

Dipping  vat  for  sheep.  By  John  A.  Craig.  Twelfth  annual  report 
Wisconsin  Station  for  1895,  pp.  32-39,  illustrated. 

Early  lamb  raising.  By  G.  C.  Watson.  Bull.  88,  Cornell  Univ.  Exp. 
Station,  April,  1895,  pp.  163-192,  figs.  2. 

Experiments  in  sheep  husbandry.  By  Thomas  Shaw.  Annual  report 
Minnesota  Station,  1902-'03,  pp.  71-87.  Reports  on  changing  the 
breeding  habits  of  sheep,  and  on  pasturing  wethers  with  and 
without  grain. 

Experiments  with  sheep.  By  James  Wilson  and  C.  F.  Curtiss.  Bull. 
18,  Iowa  Station,  Aug.,  1892,  pp.  459-469. 

Ewes  in  winter,  Comparative  feeding  value  of  corn  fodder,  corn 
silage,  roots  and  hay  for  feeding  breeding.  By  W.  L.  Carlyle. 
Seventeenth  annual  report  of  the  Wisconsin  Station  for  1900,  pp. 
28-36,  1901,  pp.  16-24. 

Fattening  Iambs.  By  F.  B.  Mumford.  Bull.  107,  Mich.  Exp.  Station, 
Feb.,  1894,  pp.  28. 

Fattening  Iambs.  By  Thomas  Shaw.  Annual  report  Minnesota  Sta- 
tion, 1901-'02,  pp.  193-224.  This  reports  on  (1)  Fattening  Iambs 
of  different  grades;  (2)  Oats  as  a  factor  in  feeding  Iambs;  and 
(3)  balanced  and  unbalanced  rations  in  fattening  lambs. 

Fattening  Iambs.  By  Thomas  Shaw.  Bull.  LI,  Ontario  Agr.  Col- 
lege, June  9,  1890,  pp.  6.  Also  Thomas  Shaw  and  C.  A.  Zavitz, 
Bull.  LXXVII,  Aug.  15,  1892,  pp.  8. 

Fattening  lambs.  By  C.  D.  Smith  and  F.  B.  Mumford.  Bull.  113, 
Mich.  Exp.  Station,  October,  1894,  pp.  27. 

Fattening  lambs.  By  James  W.  Wilson.  Bull.  119,  So.  Dakota  Agr. 
Exp.  Station,  March,  1910,  pp.  643-658. 

Fattening  Iambs  and  wethers  in  winter.  By  Thomas  Shaw.  Annual 
report  Minnesota  Station,  1897-98,  pp.  511-560.  Reports  on  fat- 
tening home-grown  lambs  and  range  wethers.  Illustrated. 

Fattening  lambs,  Farm  grains  for.  By  John  A.  Craig.  Twelfth  an- 
nual report  Wisconsin  Station  for  1895,  pp.  46-48;  1896,  pp.  53-58. 

70 


Fattening  lambs,  Feeding  experiments  on  the  winter.  By  Charles 
E.  Lyman.  Report  1898,  Storrs,  Conn.  Station,  pp.  221-228. 

Fattening  lambs  for  the  British  market.  By  Thomas  Shaw  and  C. 
A.  Zavitz.  Bull.  LXIX,  Ontario  Agr.  College,  Nov.  2,  1891,  pp. 
7,  Also  Bull.  LXXVIII,  April  15,  1892,  pp.  7. 

Fattening  lambs  in  winter.  By  Thomas  Shaw.  Annual  report  1895, 
Minnesota  Station,  pp.  280-295;  also  for  1897-98,  pp.  417-467.  This 
last  covers  three  experiments:  I.  Fattening  Minnesota  lambs. 
II  and  III.  Fattening  range  lambs.  Illustrated. 

v  Fattening  lambs,  On  the  effect  of  different  rations  on.  By  I.  P. 
Roberts  and  Henry  H.  Wing.  Bull.  8,  Cornell  Univ.  Exp.  Sta- 
tion, Aug.,  1889,  pp.  75-86. 

Fattening  lambs  on  rape.  By  John  A.  Craig.  Fourteenth  annual  re- 
port Wisconsin  Station  for  1897,  pp.  72-79. 

Fattening  lambs,  Succulent  and  dry  rations  for.  By  John  A.  Craig. 
Twelfth  annual  report  Wisconsin  Station  for  1895,  pp.  61-63. 

Fattening  lambs,  Roots  and  corn  silage  for.  By  W.  J.  Kennedy,  E. 
T.  Robbins  and  H.  H.  Kildee.  Bull.  110,  Iowa  Agr.  Exp.  Sta- 
tion, Feb.,  1910,  pp.  447-474,  figs.  8. 

Fattening  range  lambs,  A  comparison  of  rations.  By  B.  E.  Car- 
michael.  Bull.  179,  Ohio  Agr.  Exp.  Station,  Dec.,  1906,  pp.  66- 
88.  figs.  iv. 

Fattening  sheep  and  cattle,  Experiments  with  linseed  cake  and  other 
substances  in.  By  James  Bruce.  Trans.  High,  and  Ag.  Soc. 
Scot.,  1845-'47,  pp.  375-381. 

Fattening  sheep  and  swine;  Rape  crop,  its  growth  and  value  for  soil- 
ing and.  By  John  A.  Craig.  Bull.  58,  Wisconsin  Station,  April, 
1897,  pp.  16,  figs.  9. 

Fattening  sheep,  Dried  beet  pulp  and  dried  molasses  beet  pulp  for. 
Bull.  220,  Michigan  Exp.  Station,  pp.  160-166.  Report  1905,  Mich- 
igan Board  of  Agriculture. 

Fattening  sheep,  Experiments  on.  By  Charles  E.  Lyman.  Report 
1895,  Storrs,  Conn.  Station,  pp.  93-100. 

Fattening  sheep,  Grain  ration  for;  Value  of  straw  in  a  ration  and 
the  gains  made  after  twelve  weeks'  feeding.  By  J.  H.  Shep- 
perd.  Bull.  28,  North  Dakota  Station,  June,  1897,  pp.  165-175. 

Fattening  sheep,  Influence  of  different  rations  on  the  growth  of  wool 
and  increase  in  live  weight  of.  By  John  A.  Craig.  Eighth  an- 
nual report  Wisconsin  Station,  1891,  pp.  14-23. 

Fattening  sheep,  Speltz  vs.  barley;  A  comparison  of  the  food  value 
of  speltz  and  barley  as  a  single  grain  ration  for.  By  E.  C.  Chil- 
cott  and  W.  T.  Thornber.  Bull.  71,  South  Dakota  Station,  Feb- 
ruary, 1901,  pp.  77-94. 

Fattening  wether  lambs.  By  W.  A.  Henry.  Seventh  annual  report 
Wisconsin  Station,  1890,  pp.  10-11,  16-19. 

Feeding  lambs.  By  C.  F.  Curtiss.  Bull.  17,  Iowa  Station,  May, 
1892,  pp.  378-384.  Also  C.  F.  Curtiss  and  James  Wilson.  Bull. 
35,  1897,  pp.  717-758,  illustrated. 

Feeding  and  marketing  lambs.     By   John   A.   Craig.     Ninth   annual 


report  Wisconsin  Station,  1892,  pp.  29-41. 

Feeding  experiments,  Lamb.  By  Luther  Foster.  Bull.  No.  47,  Wy- 
oming Exp.  Station,  April,  1901,  pp.  23-47,  plates  iv.  Also  Bul- 
letin No.  51,  May,  1902,  plates  ii.  See  14th  Ana.  Rept. 

Feeding  experiments,  Lamb.  By  B.  C.  Buffum.  Bull.  No.  64,  Wy- 
oming Exp.  Station,  Feb.,  1905,  pp.  20,  plates  ii.  A  summary  is 
given  in  15th  annual  report. 

Feeding  experiments,  Lamb.  By  B.  C.  Buffum  and  C.  J.  Griffith. 
Bull.  75,  Colorado  Station,  Sept.,  1902,  pp.  36. 

Feeding  Iambs  beet  pulp.  By  H.  H.  Griffin.  Bull.  76,  Colorado  Sta- 
tion, Sept.,  1902,  pp.  10. 

Feeding  for  1908-'09,  Lamb.  Bull.  81,  Wyoming  Agr.  Exp.  Station, 
June,  1909,  pp.  8,  pi.  i. 

Feeding  Iambs  ensilage.  By  I.  P.  Roberts  and  G.  C.  Watson.  Bull. 
47,  Cornell  Univ.  Exp.  Station,  Dec.,  1892,  pp.  339-356,  figs.  2. 

Feeding  lambs,  Fattening  sheep  on  grass.  By  James  W.  Wilson 
and  H.  G.  Skinner.  Bull.  80,  South  Dakota  Station,  May,  1903, 
pp.  27,  illustrated. 

Feeding  lambs,  shorn  and  unshorn,  in  winter.  By  Thomas  Shaw 
and  C.  A.  Zavitz.  Bull.  LXVIII,  Ontario  Agr.  College,  Oct.  26, 
1891,  pp.  8.  Also  Bulletin  LXXXIII,  Nov.  21,  1S92. 

Feeding  Iambs  before  and  after  weaning,  Farm  grain.  By  W.  L.  Car- 
lyle.  Fifteenth  annual  report  Wisconsin  Station  for  1898,  pp. 
17-23. 

Feeding  lambs  grain.  By  John  A.  Craig.  Bull.  32,  Wisconsin  Sta- 
tion, July,  1892,  pp.  16. 

Feeding  lambs  for  market,  Grain.  By  John  A.  Craig.  Eleventh  an- 
nual report  Wisconsin  Station,  1894,  pp.  60-85,  figs.  4;  also  Bul- 
letin 41,  Aug.,  1894,  pp.  21;  also  twelfth  report  for  1895,  pp.  49- 
60,  fig.  1;  and  thirteenth  report,  1896,  pp.  17-52,  figs.  5. 

Feeding  lambs  on  milk  and  grain.  By  W.  A.  Henry.  Seventh  an- 
nual report  Wisconsin  Station,  1890,  pp.  12-14. 

Feeding  sheep.  By  John  A.  Craig.  Farmers'  Bulletin  No.  49,  U.  S. 
Dept.  of  Agric.,  1897,  pp.  24. 

Feeding,  Sheep,  Experiments  1890- '93.  Tenth  annual  report  Wiscon- 
sin Station,  1893,  pp.  97-115,  figs.  4. 

Feeding  sheep,  Experiments  on.  By  Dr.  W.  Henneberg,  Trans. 
High,  and  Ag.  Soc.  Scot.,  1849-1851,  pp.  542-549. 

Feeding  in  Colorado,  Sheep.  By  W.  W.  Cooke.  Bull.  32,  Colorado 
Station,  Sept.,  1895,  pp.  48. 

Feeding  in  Nebraska,  Sheep.  By  E.  A.  Burnett.  Bull.  66,  Nebraska 
Station,  vol.  xiii,  pp.  16.  Also  Bulletin  71,  pp.  16. 

Feeding  sheep  in  South  Dakota.  By  E.  C.  Chilcott  and  E.  A.  Bur- 
nett. Bull.  55,  South  Dakota  Station,  June,  1897,  pp.  20. 

Feeding  sheep  in  the  open  field  and  in  covered  pens  or  boxes,  Re- 
port on.  By  James  B.  Bird.  Trans.  High,  and  Ag.  Soc.  Scot., 
1857-'59,  pp.  162-166. 

Feeding  sheep  and  steers,  Molasses  and  beet  pulp  to.  By  Lewis  A. 
Merrill  and  R.  W.  Clark.  Bull.  No.  90,  Utah  Exp.  Station,  July, 

72 


1904,   pp.   51-65. 

Feeding  on  the  range,  Sheep.  By  Frank  E.  Emery.  Bull.  No.  51, 
Wyoming  Exp.  Station,  May,  1902,  pp.  19-28,  plates  vi. 

Feeding  sheep,  Rape  for.  By  John  A.  Craig.  Eleventh  annual  re- 
port Wisconsin  Station,  1894,  pp.  28-41,  plates  iv,  figs.  2. 

Feeding  trial  with  sheep.  Second  report  Utah  Exp.  Station,  1891, 
pp.  32-40. 

Feeding  with  wild  plants,  Sheep.  By  Sofus  B.  Nelson.  Bull.  73, 
Washington  Station,  1906,  pp.  64,  numerous  illustrations  of 
plants. 

Fine  wool  husbandry.  By  Henry  S.  Randall.  New  York:  C.  M.  Sax- 
ton,  1863,  pp.  189,  19  cm.  This  was  originally  an  essay  read  be- 
fore the  New  York  State  Agricultural  Society,  Feb.  12,  1862. 
"With  an  appendix  containing  valuable  statistics  in  reference  to 
wool  culture,  imports,  prices  of  fine  wool  from  1840  to  August  1, 
1863,  etc." 

Fitting  sheep  for  show  ring  and  market.  By  W.  J.  Clarke  ("Shep- 
herd Boy").  Chicago:  Draper  Pub.  Co.,  1900,  pp.  248,  illustrated, 
19  cm.  "Being  a  practical  treatise  on  the  selection,  judging, 
feeding  and  care  of  sheep  and  lambs  for  the  show  ring  and  sale 
by  auction.  To  which  are  added  chapters  on  dressing  sheep 
and  lambs  for  the  market." 

Flock  and  its  management.  Twentieth  annual  report  Wisconsin  Sta- 
tion for  1903,  pp.  74-81. 

Flock  of  mutton  sheep,  Establishing  a.  By  John  A.  Craig.  Four- 
teenth annual  report  Wisconsin  Station  for  1897,  pp.  50-55,  figs.  3. 

Food  for  100  Ibs.  gain  with  lambs.  By  W.  A.  Henry.  Seventh  an- 
nual report  Wisconsin  Station,  1890,  pp.  8-9. 

Formation  of  pure-bred  flocks  and  their  subsequent  management, 
The.  By  Alfred  Mansell.  Berkhamsted:  William  Cooper  and 
Nephews,  1893,  pp.  62,  illustrated,  18  cm. 

Grazing  sheep  on  improved  pasture.  By  W.  Brown.  Bull,  xxiii, 
Ontario  Agr.  College,  Dec.  15,  1887,  pp.  5. 

Leicesters?  Are  the  long-wooled  sheep  of  Tweedside  pure.  By  John 
Wilson.  Trans.  High,  and  Ag.  Soc.,  Scotland,  1861-63,  pp.  320- 
326. 

Management  of  sheep,  in  breeding,  feeding  and  disease,  Report  on 
the.  By  James  B.  Bird,  Trans.  High,  and  Agr.  Soc.,  Scotland, 
1859-61,  pp.  263-278. 

Manual,  The  shepherd's.  A  practical  treatise  on  the  sheep.  Designed 
especially  for  American  shepherds.  By  Henry  Stewart.  New 
York:  Orange  Judd  Co.,  1890,  pp.  276,  figs.  94,  19J4  cm.  "A  new 
and  revised  edition." 

Market,  Lambs  for  the  early  spring.  By  John  H.  Craig.  Fourteenth 
annual  report  Wisconsin  Station  for  1897,  pp.  45-49,  figs.  4. 

Merino,  The  American:  For  wool  and  for  mutton.  A  practical 
treatise  on  the  selection,  care,  breeding  and  diseases  of  the 
Merino  sheep  in  all  sections  of  the  United  States.  By  Stephen 
Powers.  New  York:  O.  Judd  Co.,  1887,  pp.  368,  figs.  46,  19  cm. 

73 


Merino  studs,  Australian.  By  George  A.  Brown  ("Bruni").  Mel- 
bourne: Walker,  May  &  Co.,  1S04,  pp.  389,  illustrated,  22*/2  cm. 
An  extremely  interesting  study  of  Australian  Merino  flocks  and 
their  history. 

Merinos  in  America.  By  Rowland  E.  Robinson.  Century  Magazine, 
vol.  5,  1883-4,  pp.  513-522,  illustrated. 

Mutton  and  beef  compared,  Cost  of  producing.  By  W.  A.  Henry. 
Seventh  annual  report  Wisconsin  Station,  1890,  pp.  19-20. 

Mutton,  Raising  sheep  for.  By  Charles  F.  Curtiss.  Farmers'  Bul- 
letin No.  96,  U.  S.  Dept.  Agric.,  1899,  pp.  48,  figs.  18. 

Nitrogenous  vs.  non-nitrogenous  rations  for  lambs.  By  I.  P.  Roberts. 
Bull,  ii,  Cornell  Univ.  Station,  Aug.,  1888,  pp.  12,  plates  4.  Col- 
ored cross  sections  of  carcass. 

Pasturing  wethers  with  and  without  grain.  By  Thos.  Shaw.  Elev- 
enth anual  report  Minn.  Station,  1902-03,  pp.  81-87. 

Practical  shepherd,  The.  .A  complete  treatise  on  the  breeding,  man- 
agement and  diseases  of  sheep.  By  Henry  S.  Randall.  Thirty- 
first  edition.  New  York:  American  News  Co.,  n.  d.,  pp.  452,  il- 
lustrated, 2Ql/2  cm.  This  volume  was  copyrighted  in  1863. 

Raising  lambs  in  Alabama.  By  Dan.  T.  Gray  and  J.  W.  Ridgway. 
Bull.  148,  Alabama  Agr.  Exp.  Station,  Oct.,  1909,  pp.  133-151, 
plates  ii. 

Ration  experiments  with  lambs,  1905-06.  By  G.  E.  Morton.  Bull. 
73,  Wyoming  Agr.  Exp.  Station,  April,  1907,  pp.  18,  plates  iv. 

Ration  experiments  with  lambs,  1906-07.  By  G.  E.  Morton.  Bull. 
79,  Wyoming  Agr.  Exp.  Station,  July,  1908,  pp.  14. 

Ration  experiments  with  lambs,  1907-08.  Self-feeders  for  hay.  By 
W.  L.  Carlyle  and  G.  E.  Morton.  Bull.  151,  Colorado  Agr.  Exp. 
Station,  Jan.,  1910,  pp.  8,  fig.  1. 

Rations  for  breeding  ewes,  Winter.  By  John  A.  Craig.  Annual  re- 
port Wisconsin  Station,  1891,  pp.  5-14.  A  feeding  experiment 
with  hay,  corn  fodder,  oat  straw,  corn  silage,  clover  silage  and 
sugar  beets. 

Rations  to  pregnant  ewes,  Comparative  value  and  effect  upon  the 
lambs  of  feeding  various  grain.  By  W.  L.  Carlyle  and  T.  F. 
McConnell.  Nineteenth  annual  report  Wisconsin  Station  for 
1902,  pp.  62-71. 

Shearing  lambs  before  fattening,  Fall.  By  John  A.  Craig.  Eleventh 
annual  report  Wisconsin  Station,  1894,  pp.  53-59. 

Shearing  wethers  in  winter  before  fattening  them.  By  John  A.  Craig. 
Eighth  annual  report  Wisconsin  Station,  1891,  pp.  23-27,  also  re- 
port 1892,  pp.  24-28. 

Sheep  breeding  industry  in  the  Argentine  Republic,  The  history  and 
present  status  of  the.  By  Herbert  Gibson.  Buenos  Aires: 
Ravenscroft  &  Mills,  1893,  pp.  viii-f  297,  illustrated. 
Sheep.  Breeds  and  management.  By  John  Wrightson.  Second  edi- 
tion. London:  Vinton  &  Co.,  1895,  pp.  235,  illustrated,  cloth, 
22  cm.  This,  No.  1  of  the  Live  Stock  Handbooks,  is  by  a  lead- 
ing English  breeder  and  educator  and  is  an  excellent  contribu- 

74 


tion  to  sheep  literature. 

Sheep:  Breeds  and  management,  Modern.  By  "Shepherd  Boy."  Chi- 
cago: American  Sheep  Breeder  Co.,  1907,  pp.  341  and  many  half- 
tone illustrations,  22  cm.  Unfortunately  written  under  a  nom 
de  plume  by  Mr.  W.  J.  Clark,  associate  editor  of  the  American 
Sheep  Breeder.  This  most  excellent  volume  is  a  desirable  ad- 
dition to  American  sheep  literature.  There  are  eight  parts  to 
the  book,  but  the  history  and  breeds  comprise  nearly  half.  Then 
follows  general  management;  sheep  management  in  the  western 
states;  fitting  for  show;  raising  hot  house  or  spring  lambs;  pas- 
tures, forage  crops,  etc.;  and  diseases. 

Sheep:  Domestic  breeds  and  their  treatment.  New  edition.  Re- 
vised by  James  Sinclair.  The  Veterinary  Section  revised  by  A. 
H.  Archer.  London:  Vinton  &  Co.,  Limited,  1896,  pp.  144,  il- 
lustrated. 

Sheep  farming.  A  treatise  on  sheep,  their  management  and  diseases. 
By  W.  Sutherland.  Berkhamsted:  William  Cooper  and  Nephews, 
1892,  pp.  163,  illustrated.  Flexible  cloth,  7J4  inches. 

Sheep  farming  in  America.  By  Joseph  E.  Wing.  Chicago:  Sanders 
Publishing  Co.,  1905,  pp.  332,  illustrated,  20  cm.  Discusses  briefly 
the  various  breeds,  selection  and  management,  care  of  the  flock, 
flock  husbandry  in  the  Western  States,  diseases  of  sheep,  etc. 
An  interesting  book  by  an  always  entertaining  writer. 

Sheep  farming  in  Missouri.  By  F.  B.  Mumford.  Monthly  Bulletin 
Missouri  State  Bd.  Agric.,  Feb.,  1909,  pp.  38,  figs.  12. 

Sheep  feeding.  By  F.  B.  Linfield.  Bull.  59,  Montana  Agr.  Exp.  Sta- 
tion, 1905,  pp.  85-116. 

Sheep,  History,  structure,  economy  and  diseases  of  the.  By  W.  C. 
Spooner.  Fifth  edition.  London:  Crosby,  Lockwood  &  Son, 
1888,  pp.  322,  illustrated,  18  cm. 

Sheep  husbandry  in  Minnesota.  By  Thomas  Shaw.  St.  Paul:  Webb 
Publishing  Co.,  1900,  pp.  213,  illustrated,  19  cm. 

Sheep  husbandry  in  the  United  States.  Executive  Document  No.  25, 
45th  Congress,  3d  session,  1879,  pp.  130,  23  cm.  A  report  by  the 
Commissioner  of  Agriculture  and  a  contribution  by  John  L. 
Hayes  on  Sheep  Husbandry  in  the  South. 

Sheep  husbandry;  with  an  account  of  the  different  breeds  and  gen- 
eral directions  in  regard  to  summer  and  winter  management, 
breeding  and  the  treatment  of  diseases.  By  Henry  S.  Randall, 
with  his  letter  to  the  Texas  Almanac  on  Sheep  Husbandry  in 
Texas,  and  George  W.  Kendall's  on  Sheep  Raising  in  Texas. 
New  York:  Orange  Judd  Co.,  1883,  pp.  338,  figs.  73,  24  cm. 

Sheep  industry  in  Ontario.  Bull.  161,  Ontario  Dept.  of  Agriculture, 
Oct.,  1907,  pp.  24. 

Sheep  industry  of  the  United  States,  Special  report  on  the  history 
and  present  condition  of  the.  Prepared  under  the  direction  of 
Dr.  D.  E.  Salmon,  Chief  of  the  Bureau  of  Animal  Industry,  by 
Ezra  A.  Carman,  H.  A.  Heath  and  John  Minto.  United  States 
Department  of  Agriculture,  Bureau  of  Animal  Industry.  Wash- 

75 


ington:  Government  Printing  Office,  1892,  pp.  1000,  many  plates, 
23  cm.  An  extremely  interesting  history  of  the  development  of 
sheep  husbandry  in  America. 

Sheep,  On  protection  for.  By  Robert  McTurk.  Trans.  High,  and 
Ag.  Soc.,  Scotland,  July,  1843,  March,  1845,  pp.  45-50.  Also  by 
Robert  Boyd,  same  reference. 

Sheep  of  the  Sierra,  The  wild.  By  John  Muir.  Scribner's  Monthly, 
vol.  22,  1881,  pp.  1-11,  illustrated. 

Sheep,  The.  A  historical  and  statistical  description  of  sheep  and 
their  products;  the  fattening  of  sheep;  their  diseases,  with  pre- 
scriptions for  scientific  treatment;  the  respective  breeds  of  sheep 
and  their  fine  points;  government  inspection,  etc.  With  other 
valuable  information.  Also  an  appendix  containing  a  sheep  breed- 
er's directory.  By  Dr.  William  A.  Rushworth.  Buffalo,  N.  Y.: 
The  Buffalo  Review  Co.,  1899,  pp.  496,  illustrated.  Cloth,  9  in. 
Largely  a  veterinary  work. 

Sheep,  their  breeds,  management  and  diseases.  By  William  Youatt. 
To  which  is  added  The  Mountain  Shepherd's  Manual.  London: 
Robert  Baldwin,  1837,  pp.  568+36,  illustrated,  23  cm.  Numerous 
edition  of  this  work  have  been  published.  Youatt  was  in  his  day 
one  of  the  very  highest  British  authorities  on  live  stock. 

Sheep,  The  domestic.  Its  culture  and  general  management.  By 
Henry  Stewart.  Chicago:  American  Sheep  Breeder,  1898,  pp.  371, 
illustrated,  20  cm. 

Shepherds  of  Colorado,  The.  By  A.  A.  Hayes,  Jr.  Harper's  Maga- 
zine, vol.  60,  1879-80,  pp.  193-210,  illustrated. 

Soiling  ewes  and  lambs  to  ascertain  how  much  food  they  consume. 
By  W.  A.  Henry.  Seventh  annual  report  Wisconsin  Station, 
1890,  p.  10,  14-16. 

Types  of  market  sheep,  Three.  By  W.  L.  Carlyle.  Nineteenth  an- 
nual report  Wisconsin  Station  for  1902,  pp.  72-74,  fig.  1. 

Weaning,  Corn  meal,  bran  and  oats  for  lambs,  before  and  after.  By 
John  H.  Craig.  Twelfth  annual  report  Wisconsin  Station  for 
1895,  pp.  40-45,  fig.  1. 

Weaning,  Feeding  grain  to  lambs  before.  By  John  A.  Craig.  Eighth 
annual  report  Wisconsin  Station,  1891,  pp.  27-33;  also  ninth  re- 
port, 1892,  pp.  9-20,  and  fourteenth  report,  1897,  pp.  37-41. 

Weaning,  Grain  mixture  for  lambs  before  and  after.  By  John  A. 
Craig.  Fourteenth  annual  report  Wisconsin  Station  for  1897,  pp. 
42-44. 

Western  wethers  for  early  winter  market,  Finishing.  By  W.  J.  Ken- 
nedy and  F.  R.  Marshall.  Bull.  63,  Iowa  Station,  May,  1902,  pp. 
181-185. 

Western  wethers  on  grass  and  grain  for  early  summer  market,  Fin- 
ishing. By  W.  J.  Kennedy  and  F.  R.  Marshall.  Bull.  63,  Iowa 
Station,  May,  1902,  pp.  178-181. 

Winter  lamb,  The.  By  H.  H.  Miller,  H.  P.  Miller  and  J.  E.  Wing. 
Mechanicsburg,  O.:  News  Print,  1901,  pp.  62,  illustrated,  21  cm. 

76 


GOATS. 

A  new  industry,  or  raising  the  Angora  goat  and  Mohair  for  profit. 
By  William  L.  Black,  of  Texas.  Copyright,  1900,  pp.  486-j-xxxvii. 
illustrated,  22^  cm.  Quoting  from  the  title  page:  "Embracing 
the  historical,  commercial  and  practical  features  of  the  industry; 
together  with  notes  from  a  number  of  practical  breeders  giving 
their  experience  in  handling  the  animal;  with  tables  showing 
the  great  profit  in  raising  the  Angora  or  Mohair  goat,"  etc. 

Angora  goat,  The.  By  George  Fayette  Thompson.  Farmers'  Bul- 
letin No.  137,  U.  S.  Dept.  Agric.,  1901,  pp.  48,  figs.  7. 

Angora  goat  raising,  A  manual  of.  With  a  chapter  on  Milch  Goats. 
By  George  Fayette  Thompson.  Chicago,  111.:  American  Sheep 
Breeder,  1903,  pp.  236.  illustrated,  22  cm.  This  is  a  standard  work 
on  the  subject. 

Goat,  The  book  of  the.  By  H.  S.  Holmes  Pegler.  Containing  full 
particulars  of  the  various  breeds  of  goats  and  their  profitable 
management.  Fourth  edition.  London:  L.  Upcott  Gill,  1910,  pp. 
336,  figs.  42,  cloth,  13x19  cm. 

Milch  goats,  Information  concerning  the.  Bulletin  No.  63,  Bureau 
of  Animal  Industry,  United  States  Department  of  Agriculture, 
By  George  Fayette  Thompson.  Washington:  Government  Print- 
ing Office,  1905,  pp.  87,  plates  16,  23  cm.  A  valuable  public 
document. 

Rocky  Mountain  goat,  Hunting  the.  By  W.  A.  Baillie-Grohman. 
Century  Magazine,  vol.  7,  1884-85,  pp.  193-203,  illustrated. 


77 


SILOS  AND  SILAGE. 

Corn  for  ensilage,  Growing  and  using.     By  J.  H.  Grisdale.     Bull.  65. 

Central  Exp.  Farm,  Ottawa,  Canada,  March,  1910,  pp.  16,  ill. 
Ensilage.    .By   G.   H.  Whitcher.     Bull.    1,   New   Hampshire   Station, 

April,  1889,  pp.  16. 
Ensilage  and  field  curing  for  Indian  corn,  Comparison  of.    By  H.  P. 

Armsby    and    Wm.    H.    Caldwell.      Report    Penn.    Exp.    Station, 

1889,  pp.  113-137. 
Ensilage  and  the  corn  crop.    By  H.  P.  Armsby,  Wm.  Frear  and  Wm. 

H.  Caldwell.     Report  Penn.  Exp.  Station,  1890,  pp.  43-123. 
Ensilage,  cow  pea  ensilage,  soy  bean  ensilage  and  corn  fodder,  Com- 
position and  digestibility  of  corn.     By  Cyril  G.  Hopkins.     Bull. 

43,  Illinois  Station,  April,  1896,  pp.  181-201. 
Ensilage,  Notes  on.     By   L.   H.  Adams  and  F.   G.  Short.     Bull.   19, 

Wisconsin  Station,  April,  1889,  pp.  28. 
Silage  and  construction  of  modern  silos.     By  F.  H.  King.     Bull.  83, 

Wisconsin  Station,  May,  1900,  pp.  68,  figs.  28. 
Silage  versus  dry  food,  Feeding.    Bull.  No.  19,  Utah  Exp.  Station,  pp. 

11.    Also  see  4th  ann.  report,  1893,  p.  11-20. 
Silo  construction,  Modern.    By  J.  B.  Davidson  and  M.  L.  King.    Bull. 

100,  Iowa  Agr.  Exp.  Station,  July,  1908,  pp.  94-150,  figs.  40. 
Silo,  The  Iowa.    By  J.  B.  Davidson  and  M.  L.  King.     Bull.  117,  Iowa 

Agr.  Exp.  Station,  June,  1910,  pp.  191-266,  figs.  47. 
Silos  and  silage.     By  Charles  S.  Plumb.     Farmers'  Bulletin  No.  32, 

United  States  Dept.  of  Agriculture,  1895,  pp.  32,  figs.  10. 
Silos  and  silage  in  Maryland.     By  Howard  L.  Crisp  and  H.  J.  Pat- 
terson.    Bull.  129,  Maryland  Agr.  Exp.  Station,  July,  1908,  pp.  78, 

figs.  71. 
Silos,  ensilage  and  silage.     A   practical   treatise  on   the   ensilage   of 

fodder  corn.     By  Manly  Miles.     New  York:   Orange  Judd   Co., 

1889,  cloth,  pp.  100,  figs.  8. 


SWINE. 

Alfalfa  pasture,  Corn  vs.  wheat  for  pigs  on.  By  E.  A.  Burnett  and 
H.  R.  Smith.  Bull.  No.  75,  Nebraska  Exp.  Station,  pp.  37-38. 

Artichokes  to  pigs,  Feeding.  By  H.  T.  French.  Bull.  No.  54,  Oregon 
Exp.  Station,  May,  1898,  pp.  26-28. 

Bacon  pigs  in  Canada.  By  J.  H.  Grisdale.  Bull.  51,  Central  Experi- 
mental Farm,  Canada,  June,  1905,  pp.  61,  illustrated. 

Bacon  production.  By  G.  E.  Day.  Bull.  129,  Ontario  Agr.  College, 
1903,  pp.  23,  figs.  2. 

Barley  for  fattening  hogs,  Ground.  By  W.  A.  Henry.  Seventh  an- 
nual report  Wisconsin  Station,  1890,  pp.  53-59. 

Beans  as  a  food  for  swine,  Cull.  By  R.  S.  Shaw  and  A.  C.  Anderson. 
Bull.  243,  Mich.  Agr.  Exp.  Station,  Nov.,  1906,  pp.  71-81. 

Bone  meal  and  hard  wood  ashes,  with  corn  meal  for  hogs.  By  W.  A. 
Henry.  Sixth  annual  report  Wisconsin  Station  for  1888-89,  pp. 
15-20. 

Bone  meal  and  hard  wood  ashes  to  hogs  living  exclusively  on  corn, 
The  effects  of  feeding.  By  W.  A.  Henry.  Seventh  annual  report 
Wisconsin  Station,  1890,  pp.  33-42. 

Book  of  the  pig,  The:  Its  selection,  breeding,  feeding  and  manage- 
ment. By  James  Long.  London:  L.  Upcott  Gill,  1886,  pp.  360, 
plates  25,  25J/2  cm.  A  valuable  contribution  to  swine  literature 
by  a  leading  British  educator. 

Breeding  and  feeding  pigs.  By  D.  H.  Otis.  Bull.  124,  Kansas  Sta- 
tion, March,  1904,  pp.  31-57,  figs.  20-52.  Slaughter  tests  and 
meat  cut  illustrations  are  given. 

Breed  test  of  pigs.  By  E.  Davenport.  Bull.  60,  Mich.  Agr.  Exp. 
Station,  April,  1890,  pp.  3-7. 

Breeds  and  crosses,  Growing  swine  of  various.  By  Thomas  Shaw. 
Annual  report  Minnesota  Station,  1901-02,  pp.  71-108.  Also  in 
bulletin  73  of  the  Minnesota  Station.  Illustrated. 

Building,  cost,  yards,  fences,  etc.  Equipment  swine  division.  Bull. 
223,  Mich.  Exp.  Station,  pp.  195-210.  Report  1905,  Mich.  Board 
of  Agriculture. 

Carcass,  bones  and  vicera  of  the  pig,  The  effects  of  dried  blood,  pea 
meal  and  corn  meal  on  the.  By  W.  A.  Henry.  Sixth  annual  re- 
port Wisconsin  Station  for  1888-89,  pp.  6-13. 

Carcass  of  pigs  fed  upon  rations  of  ground  corn  and  corn  meal,  Re- 
sults of  an  experiment  to  determine  the  comparative  effect  upon 
the  growth,  development  and  character  of  the.  By  W.  L.  Car- 
lyle  and  T.  F.  McConnell.  Nineteenth  annual  report  Wisconsin 
Station  for  1902,  pp.  17-33,  figs.  6. 
Classes  and  grades  of  swine,  Market.  By  William  Dietrich.  Bull. 

97,  Illinois  Station,  November,  1904,  pp.  417-463,  plates  41. 
Colorado,  Raising  hogs  in.     By  H.  M.  Cottrell.     Bull.  146,  Colorado 

Agr.  Exp.  Station,  June,  1909,  pp.  32,  illustrated. 

Condimental  stock  food  in  fattening  swine,  The  influence  of.  By  C. 
S.  Plumb.  Bull.  93,  Indiana  Station,  June,  1902,  pp.  117-123. 

79 


Cooked  versus  uncooked  food  for  swine.  By  W.  A.  Henry.  Fourth 
annual  report  Wisconsin  Station  for  1886,  pp.  64-83.  Also  report 
11,  1894,  pp.  11-20. 

Corn  and  tankage,  Fattening  pigs  on.  By  E.  A.  Burnett.  Bull.  94, 
Nebraska  Agr.  Exp.  Station,  Oct.  6,  1906,  pp.  12. 

Corn  and  supplementary  feeds  for  pork  production,  Value  of.  By 
W.  J.  Kennedy  and  E.  T.  Robbins.  Bull.  91,  Iowa  Agr.  Exp. 
Station,  June,  1907,  pp.  61,  illustrated. 

Corn  compared  with  corn  meal  for  pig  feeding,  Whole.  By  W.  A. 
Henry.  Fourteenth  annual  report  Wisconsin  Station  for  1897, 
pp.  29-36.  Also  15th  report  for  1898,  pp.  8-16;  16th  report,  1899, 
pp.  19-24;  17th  report,  1900,  pp.  7-11;  18th  report,  1901,  pp.  10-15; 
19th  report,  1902,  pp.  10-16. 

Corn,  cow  peas  and  wheat  bran  for  fattening  pigs.  By  J.  F.  Duggar. 
Bull.  82,  Ala.  Station,  1897,  pp.  357-379. 

Corn  ensilage  and  roots  as  factors  in  swine  feeding.  By  Thomas 
Shaw.  Bull,  liv,  Ontario  Agr.  College,  Oct.  1,  1890,  pp.  7. 

Corn  for  fattening  hogs  in  dry  lot,  Supplements  to.  By  J.  H.  Skin- 
ner and  W.  A.  Cochel.  Bull.  126,  Purdue  Univ.  Agr.  Exp.  Sta- 
tion, Junv,  1908,  pp.  143-159. 

Corn  for  fattening  hogs,  Supplements  to.  By  E.  B.  Forbes.  Bull.  67, 
Missouri  Agr.  Exp.  Station,  April,  1905,  pp.  19. 

Corn  for  hogs,  Preparation  of.  By  W.  J.  Kennedy  and  E.  T.  Rob- 
bins.  Bull.  106,  Iowa  Agr.  Exp.  Station,  Sept.,  1909,  pp.  302-359, 
figs.  13. 

Corn  meal  and  of  ground  peas,  Results  of  feeding  trial  to  determine 
the  comparative  effect  of  feeding  pigs  rations  of.  By  W.  L. 
Carlyle.  Eighteenth  annual  report  Wisconsin  Station  for  1901, 
pp.  44-58,  figs.  8. 

Corn  meal  and  shorts  as  food  for  pigs.  By  C.  S.  Plumb  and  W.  B. 
Anderson.  Bull.  71,  Indiana  Station,  June,  1898,  pp.  53-60. 

Corn  meal,  middlings  and  separator  skim  milk  for  fattening  pigs. 
By  Edward  L.  Shaw.  Bull.  113,  New  Hampshire  Station,  Oct., 
1904,  pp.  139-143. 

Corn  versus  corn  meal  for  pigs.  By  W.  A.  Henry.  Thirteenth  an- 
nual report  Wisconsin  Station  for  1896,  pp.  10-16. 

Corn,  wheat,  kafir  corn  and  cotton  seed  meal,  Feeding  experiments 
with  pigs  on.  By  C.  C.  Georgeson,  F.  C.  Burtis  and  D.  H.  Otis. 
Bull.  53,  Kansas  Station,  Oct.,  1895,  pp.  103-114. 

Cotton  seed  and  cotton  seed  meal  in  feeding  hogs,  Effect  of.  By 
Geo.  W.  Curtis  and  J.  W.  Carson.  Bull.  21,  Texas  Station,  June, 
1892,  pp.  195-208. 

Cotton  seed  meal  and  linseed  meal  as  a  partial  grain  food  for  pigs. 
By  W.  A.  Henry.  Eleventh  annual  report  Wisconsin  Station, 

1894,  pp.  9-11. 

Cotton  seed  meal  to  hogs.     By  C.  F.  Curtiss.     Bull.  28,  Iowa  Station, 

1895,  pp.  173-179. 

Cotton  seed  meal  to  hogs,  Feeding.  By  F.  C.  Burtis  and  J.  S.  Malone. 
Bull.  No.  51,  Oklahoma  Exp.  Station,  Dec.,  1901,  pp.  15. 

80 


Cotton  seed  meal  to  hogs,  Feeding  fermented.  By  F.  R.  Marshall. 
Bull.  78,  Texas  Station,  Oct.,  1905,  pp.  20,  plates  viii. 

Cotton  seed  meal  to  hogs,  Feeding  fermented.  By  R.  S.  Curtis.  Bull. 
200,  North  Carolina  Agr.  Exp.  Station,  April,  1909,  pp.  16,  rigs.  4. 

Dairy  by-products  as  supplements  to  corn  for  fattening  hogs.  By  J. 
H.  Skinner  and  W.  A.  Cochel.  Bull.  137,  Purdue  Univ.  Agr. 
Exp.  Station,  Nov.,  1909,  pp.  51-72. 

Droppings  of  corn  fed  steers  for  hogs,  The  value  of  the.  By  W.  A. 
Henry.  Second  annual  report  Wisconsin  Station  for  1884,  pp. 
25-27. 

Ensilage  and  roots  for  swine.  By  Thomas  Shaw.  Bull.  Ixiv,  On- 
tario Agr.  College,  May  28,  1891,  pp.  8. 

Exercise  vs.  non-exercise  for  pigs.  By  J.  W.  Sanborn.  Bull.  No.  22, 
Utah  Exp.  Station,  pp.  7.  Also  see  bulls.  23  and  28. 

Farrowing  time,  Data  concerning  sow  and  pigs  at.  By  W.  A.  Henry. 
Fourteenth  annual  report  Wisconsin  Station  for  1897,  pp.  8-9. 

Fat  and  for  lean,  Feeding  for.  By  W.  A.  Henry.  Fourth  annual  re- 
port Wisconsin  Station  for  1886,  pp.  83-108.  Three  colored  plates 
of  cross  sections  of  hog  carcasses.  Also  seventh  report,  1890, 
pp.  21-33. 

Fat  and  lean  in  hogs,  The  deposition  of.  By  R.  R.  Dinwiddie  and  A. 
K.  Short.  Bull.  103,  Arkansas  Agr.  Exp.  Station,  1909,  pp.  237- 
250,  figs.  9. 

Fattening  hogs.  By  J.  H.  Shepperd  and  W.  B.  Richards.  Bull.  84, 
North  Dakota  Agr.  Exp.  Station,  June,  1909,  pp.  24,  figs.  9. 

Fattening  hogs,  Rations  for.  By  W.  T.  McDonald  and  J.  S.  Malone. 
Bull.  80,  Oklahoma  Agr.  Exp.  Station,  May,  1908,  pp.  89-96. 

Fattening  hogs  with  drouth  resisting  crops.  By  H.  M.  Cottrell,  D. 
H.  Otis  and  J.  G.  Haney.  Bull.  95,  Kansas  Station,  April,  1900, 
pp.  69-95,  plates  x. 

Fattening  pigs  and  wintering  brood  sows  on  alfalfa  and  a  grain  ra- 
tion. By  H.  R.  Smith.  Press  Bull.  20,  Nebraska  Agr.  Exp.  Sta- 
tion, Sept.  12,  1904,  pp.  4. 

Feeding  at  Wisconsin  Station,  Summary  of  experiments  in  pig.  By 
W.  A.  Henry.  Fifth  annual  report  Wisconsin  Station  for  1887-88, 
pp.  108-111. 

Feeding  experiment,  Pig.  Fourth  report  Ohio  Exp.  Station,  1885, 
pp.  80-87.  Comparison  pigs  fed  corn  and  green  feed. 

Feeding  experiments,  Pig.  By  C.  A.  Gary.  Bull.  68,  Ala.  Station, 
1896,  pp.  227-241. 

Feeding  experiments,  Pig.  By  C.  L.  Beach  and  H.  L.  Garrigus.  Bull. 
39,  Storrs  Station,  Jan.,  1906,  pp.  29-37.  On  feeding  dairy  by- 
products. 

Feeding  experiments,  Pig.  Bull.  No.  94,  Utah  Exp.  Station,  Jan., 
1903,  pp.  27-62.  Summary  of  pig  feeding  experiments  at  the 
Utah  station  from  1890  to  1902. 

Feeding  experiments,  Pig.  By  F.  B.  Linfield.  Bull.  73,  Montana 
Agr.  Exp.  Station,  Sept.,  1908,  pp.  43-59. 

Feeding,  Experiments  in  pig.  By  F.  B.  Linfield.  Bull.  No.  57,  Utah 

8l 


Exp.  Station,  June,  1898,  pp.  197-231,  plates  ii.  Report  on  feed- 
ing dairy  by-products. 

Feeding,  Experiments  in  pig.  Second  report  Ohio  Exp.  Station,  1883, 
pp.  132-137.  To  show  effect  of  shelter  and  exposure  in  flesh  pro- 
duction, and  use  of  corn  in  making  pork. 

Feeding,  Experiments  in  pig.  By  W.  A.  Henry.  Fifth  annual  report 
Wisconsin  Station  for  1887-88,  pp.  92-107.  Whole  corn  versus 
corn  meal;  wet  versus  dry  feed;  milk  and  corn  meal.  Two  large 
half-tone  plates  show  cross  sections  of  carcasses. 

Feeding,  Experiments  in  pig.  By  W.  A.  Henry.  Sixth  annual  report 
Wisconsin  Station  for  1888-89,  pp.  6-42.  Reports  on  influence  of 
dried  blood,  pea  meal  and  corn  meal  on  carcass,  bones  and 
vicera  of  hog;  on  effects  water  and  bone  meal  on  carcass;  on 
bone  meal  versus  ashes  with  corn  meal;  on  oats  ground  and  un- 
ground;  on  use  skim  milk  for  mature  hogs,  etc. 

Feeding,  Experiments  in  pig.  By  W.  A.  Henry.  Tenth  annual  re- 
port Wisconsin  Station,  1893.  A  synopsis  of  the  work  of  this 
station  for  ten  years  in  feeding  swine. 

Feeding,  Experiments  in  pig.  By  G.  E.  Morrow.  Bull.  16,  Illinois 
Station,  May,  1891,  pp.  497-504. 

Feeding,  Experiments  in  pig.  By  Chas.  Wm.  Burkett.  Bull.  66,  New 
Hampshire  Station,  September,  1899,  pp.  111-122.  Reports  on 
feeding  pumpkins  raw  and  cooked;  apples  and  pumpkins;  corn 
meal  and  bran;  corn  meal  and  bran  fermented  and  unfermented; 
bran  and  corn  meal;  corn  and  cob  meal  and  ear  corn. 

Feeding  experiments  with  pigs.  By  W.  A.  Henry.  Third  annual  re- 
port Wisconsin  Station  for  1885,  pp.  32-38.  Comparing  corn  meal 
and  shorts,  and  cooked  versus  uncooked  feed. 

Feeding  experiments  with  pigs.  By  G.  H.  Whitcher  and  F.  W. 
Morse.  Bull.  11,  New  Hampshire  Station,  Nov.,  1890,  pp.  14. 

Feeding  experiments  with  swine,  Results  of.  By  W.  J.  Kennedy  and 
F.  R.  Marshall.  Bull.  65,  Iowa  Station,  Aug.,  1902,  pp.  209-222, 
illustrated.  A  study  of  tankage,  stock  food  and  beef  meal  fed 
with  corn  for  pork. 

Feeding  in  Colorado,  Swine.  By  B.  C.  Buffum  and  C.  J.  Griffith. 
Bull.  74,  Colorado  Station,  Sept.,  1902,  pp.  29. 

Feeding  in  South  Dakota,  Pig.  By  Edgar  A.  Burnett.  Bull.  63, 
South  Dakota  Station,  March,  1899,  pp.  85-98. 

Feeding,  Pig.     Bull.  No.  18,  Vermont  Exp.  Station,  Jan.,  1890,  pp.  20. 

Feeding,  Pig.  By  C.  L.  Beach  and  H.  L.  Garrigus.  Bull.  39,  Storrs' 
Agr.  Exp.  Station,  Jan.,  1906,  pp.  29-38. 

Feeding,  Pig.  By  D.  O.  Nourse.  Bull.  10,  Virginia  Station,  June, 
1891,  pp.  14-27.  Several  illustrations  of  cross  sections  of  car- 
casses. 

Feeding,  Pig.  By  J.  J.  Vernon  and  J.  M.  Scott.  Bull.  62,  New  Mex- 
ico Agr.  Exp.  Station,  Feb.,  1907,  pp.  20,  plates  iv. 

Feeding  pigs.     Second  report  Utah  Exp.  Station,  1891,  pp.  20-32. 

Feeding  pigs.  By  G.  C.  Watson.  Bull.  89,  Cornell  Univ.  Exp.  Sta- 
tion, May,  1895,  pp.  195-207,  figs.  3.  Report  on  feeding  corn  meal, 

82 


meat  scrap,  gluten  meal  and  wheat. 
Feeding  pigs,  for  the  years  1903  and  1904.     By  F.  B.  Linfield.     Bull. 

57,  Montana  Agr.  Exp.  Station,  Sept.,  1905,  pp.  41-56. 
Feeding,  Report  on  experiments  in  pig.     Bull.  No.  20,  Oregon  Exp. 
Station,  Sept.,  1892,  pp.  12,  figs.  8.     Report  on  oats,  wheat,  barley 
and  shorts  as  pig  feed. 
Feeding  test  with  swine,  Preliminary  report  of  a.     By  E.  R.  Lake. 

Bull.  11,  Washington  Station,  Feb.,  1894,  pp.  31-36. 
Feeding  the  pig.     By  Wm.   Dietrich.     Circ.   133,   Illinois   Agr.    Exp. 

Station,  Oct.,  1909,  pp.  19. 
Feeding  trials  with  pigs  and  steers.    Third  report  Utah  Exp.  Station, 

1892,  pp.  36-39. 

Feeding  swine,  Experiments  in.     By  E.  E.  Elliott.     Bull.  58,  Wash- 
ington Agr.  Exp.  Station,  1903,  pp.  24. 
Feeding  swine,  Some  results  in.     By  James  Withycombe.     Bull.  No. 

80,  Oregon  Exp.  Station,  April,  1904,  pp.  20. 

Feeds  supplementary  to  corn  for  Southern  pork  production.  By  Dan. 
T.  Gray,  J.  F.  Duggar  and  J.  W.  Ridgeway.  Bull.  143,  Alabama 
Agr.  Exp.  Station,  July,  1908,  pp.  27-77. 

Food  required  during  growth  by  full  blood  Poland  China  and  Berk- 
shire pigs.  By  W.  A.  Henry.  Eleventh  annual  report  Wiscon- 
sin Station,  1894,  pp.  5-8. 

Food  requirements  of  the  pig  for  maintenance  and  for  gain,  On  the. 
By  William  Dietrich.  Sixteenth  annual  report  of  the  Wisconsin 
Station  for  1899,  pp.  31-43,  fig.  1.  Also  by  F.  D.  Taylor,  18th  re- 
port, 1901,  pp.  67-72. 

Food  requirements  of  growing  and  fattening  swine.     By  Wm.  Diet- 
rich.    Circ.  126,  Illinois  Agr.  Exp.  Station,  Dec.,  1908,  pp.  18. 
Foods  supplementary  to  corn  in  fattening  pigs.     By  E.  A.  Burnett. 

Bull.  107,  Nebraska  Agr.  Exp.  Station,  Dec.  1,  1908,  pp.  10. 
Grades,  Feeding  pigs  of  different.    By  Thomas  Shaw.    Annual  report 

Minnesota  Station,  1898-99,  pp.  39-54. 
Grain  and  meal,   Experiments  in  swine  feeding  with.     By  Thomas 

Shaw.     Bull  Iv,  Ontario  Agr.  College,  Dec.  2,  1890,  pp.  7. 
Grain  rations  to  growing  and  fattening  hogs,  Effect  of  feeding  vari- 
ous.   By  W.  L.  Carlyle  and  T.  F.  McConnell.     Eighteenth  annual 
report  Wisconsin  Station  for  1901,  pp.  25-44,  figs.  16. 
Grass  vs.  non-grass  fed  pigs.    By  J.  W.  Sanborn.     Bull.  No.  22,  Utah 

Exp.  Station,  pp.  7.     Also  see  bull.  28. 
Green  fodder  for  swine.     By  Thomas  Shaw.     Bull,  lix,  Ontario  Agr. 

College,  March  14,  1891,  pp.  6. 

Harris  on  the  pig.  Breeding,  rearing,  management  and  improvement. 
By  Joseph  Harris.  New  York:  Orange  Judd  &  Co.,  n.  d.,  pp.  250, 
figs.  53,  19  cm.  Was  copyrighted  in  1870. 

Hog  experiment  No.  1.     By  Jas.  Wilson,  C.  F.  Curtiss,  D.  A.  Kent 

and  G.  E.  Patrick.     Bull.  14,  Iowa  Station,  Aug.,  1891,  pp.  162-165. 

Hog  in  America,  past  and  present,  with  suggestions  upon  farm,  pens, 

breeds,   breeding,   pedigreeing,    standard   of   excellence,    selection 

of  animals,  management  of  swine,  selling  and  other  subjects  of 

83 


importance  to  swine  breeders.  By  S.  M.  Shepard.  Revised  and 
enlarged  edition.  Indianapolis:  Swine  Breeders'  Journal,  1896, 
pp.  291,  illustrated,  21l/2  cm.  A  unique  and  interesting  wcrk. 

Hog  industry,  The.  By  George  M.  Rommel.  Washington:  Govern- 
ment Printing  Office,  1904,  pp.  298,  illustrated  by  maps,  23J^  cm. 
Bulletin  No.  47  of  the  Bureau  of  Animal  Industry  of  the  United 
States  Department  of  Agriculture.  This  considers  selection, 
feeding  and  management;  recent  American  experimental  work; 
and  statistics  of  production  and  trade.  Is  a  valuable  free  gov- 
ernment document. 

Hog  raising  in  the  South.  By  S.  M.  Tracy.  Farmers'  Bulletin  No. 
100.  U.  S.  Dept.  Agric.,  1899,  pp.  40. 

Hog,  The;  A  treatise  on  the  breeds,  management,  feeding  and  medi- 
cal treatment  of  swine;  with  directions  for  salting  pork  and  cur- 
ing bacon  and  hams.  By  William  Youatt  and  W.  C.  L.  Martin. 
Edited  by  A.  Stevens.  New  York:  C.  M.  Saxton,  1863,  pp.  231, 
illustrated,  19J^  cm.  This  is  a  combination  volume  of  Youatt  on 
the  Hog  and  Martin  on  the  Hog,  with  Youatt's  work  as  the 
basis. 

House,  Plan  for  a  hog.  By  L.  H.  Adams.  Fifth  annual  report  Wis- 
consin Station  for  1887-88,  pp.  154-157,  plates  iii. 

Houses,  Location,  construction  and  operation  of  hog.  By  Wm.  Diet- 
rich. Bull.  109,  Illinois  Agr.  Exp.  Station,  June,  1906,  pp.  287- 
302,  figs.  6. 

Intestines,  Length  of  the  hog's.  By  W.  A.  Henry.  Sixth  annual  re- 
port Wisconsin  Station  for  1888-89,  pp.  31-33. 

Lean  and  of  fat  meat,  Feeding  pigs  for  the  production  of.  By  W.  L. 
Carlyle  and  A.  G.  Hopkins.  Sexenteenth  annual  report  Wiscon- 
sin Station  for  1900,  pp.  12-24,  plates  vi. 

Management,  Practical  swine.  By  J.  G.  Fuller  and  A.  S.  Alexander. 
Bull.  184,  Wis.  Agr.  Exp.  Station,  Nov.,  1909.  pp.  22,  figs.  13. 

Market  standpoint,  The  swine  industry  from  the.  By  William  Diet- 
rich. Circular  83,  Illinois  Station,  Nov.,  1904,  pp.  8. 

Milk,  Feeding.  By  Jas.  Wilson  and  G.  E.  Patrick.  Bull.  17,  Iowa 
Station,  May,  1892,  pp.  389-392. 

Milk  for  feeding  swine,  The  value  of  creamery  separator  skim.  By 
W.  A.  Henry.  Twelfth  annual  report  Wisconsin  Station  for 
1895,  pp.  7-23. 

Milk  for  mature  versus  growing  hogs,  Skim.  By  W.  A.  Henry.  Sixth 
annual  report  Wisconsin  Station  for  1888-89,  p.  24. 

Milk:  its  value  as  food  for  pigs  and  calves,  Sweet  skim.  By  W.  A. 
Henry.  First  annual  report  Wisconsin  Station,  1883,  pp.  31-38. 
Also  bulletin  1,  Aug.,  1883,  pp.  11. 

Milk,  Pig  feeding  experiments  without.  Bulletin  22,  new  series,  New 
York  Station,  Aug.,  1890,  pp.  285-295. 

Milk,  The  composition  of  sows'.     By  F.  W.  Woll.     Sixteenth  annual 
report  Wisconsin  Station  for  1899,  pp.  267-270. 
report  Wisconsin  Station  for  1899,  pp.  167-270. 

Nebraska,  Growing  hogs  in  Western.     By  W.  P.  Snyder.     Bull.  99. 

84 


Nebraska  Agr.  Exp.  Station,  June,  19:07,  pp.  32,  figs.  9. 

North  Carolina,  Hog  raising  in.  By  R.  S.  Curtis.  Bull.  207,  North 
Carolina  Agr.  Exp.  Station,  April,  1910,  pp.  129-184,  figs.  12. 

North  Dakota  conditions,  Pork  under.  By  W,  B.  Richards.  Bull  83, 
North  Dakota  Agr.  Exp.  Station,  Nov.,  1908,  pp.  797-831,  figs.  16, 

Oats  versus  ground  oats  for  hogs,  Whole.  By  W.  A.  Henry.  Sixth 
annual  report  Wisconsin  Station  for  1888-89,  pp.  20-23. 

Parents,  Pigs  from  mature  and  immature.  By  E.  M.  Shelton  and  H. 
M.  CottrelL  Report  Kansas  Station,  1889,  pp.  79-89,  plates  v. 

Peanuts,  cow  peas  and  sweet  potatoes  as  food  for  pigs.  By  J.  R 
Duggar.  Bull.  93,  Ala.  Station,  April,  1898,  pp.  113-134. 

Pig  keeping  for  profit.  By  W.  J.  Maiden.  London:  Kegan  Paul, 
Trench,  Trubner  &  Go.,  1896,  pp.  120,  20  cm. 

Pig,  The.  By  Samuel  Sidney.  A  new  edition.  London:  George 
Routledge  &  Sons,  n.  d.,  pp.  135,  illustrated,  17  cm.  This  revised 
edition  was  probably  published  in  1871.  A  frequently  quoted 
work- 
Pigs:  breeds  and  management.  By  Sanders  Spencer.  London:  Vin- 
ton  &  Co.,  1897,  pp.  180,  illustrated,  22  cm.  This  is  No.  5  of  the 
Live  Stock  Handbooks.  It  contains  a  chapter  on  the  diseases 
of  the  pig  by  Prof.  J.  Wortley  Axe,  and  one  on  bacon  and  ham 
curing  by  L.  M.  Douglas.  The  author,  Mr.  Spencer,  is  the  most 
distinguished  British  breeder  of  swine  of  today. 

Pigs  for  profit.  By  John  Walker.  London:  W.  H.  and  L.  Colling- 
ridge,  n.  d.,  (1905),  136  pp.,  illustrated,  18  cm.  "A  practical 
treatise  on  the  breeding,  rearing  and  management  of  pigs,  in- 
cluding porkers,  stores  and  baconers  on  large  and  small  holdings; 
bacon  curing;  erection  of  modern  pig  sties;  common  ailments 
and  diseases  of  the  pig;  with  a  pig  keeper's  calendar." 

Pigeon  grass  seed  for  swine  feeding,  Value  of.  By  W.  A.  Henry. 
Eleventh  annual  report  Wisconsin  Station,  1894,  pp.  23-27. 

Pork,  Economic  production  of.  By  A.  A.  Mills.  Bull.  No.  40,  Utah 
Exp.  Station,  Dec.,  1895,  pp.  4t),  plates  ii. 

Pork  production,  Experiments  in.  By  Luther  Foster  and  L.  A.  Mer- 
rill. Bull.  No.  70,  Utah  Exp.  Station,  June,  1900,  pp.  345-414, 
figs.  7. 

Pork  production,  Feeding  pigs  for.  Bull.  5,  Ala.  Station,  1889,  pp. 
29-31. 

Potatoes  for  fattening  hogs,  Cooked.  By  W.  A.  Henry.  Seventh 
annual  report  Wisconsin  Station,  1890,  pp.  59-64. 

Pumpkins  to  pigs,  Feeding.  By  H.  T.  French.  Bull.  No.  54,  Oregon 
Exp.  Station,  May,  1898,  pp.  22-25. 

Rape  for  growing  pigs,  Feeding  value  of.  By  W.  L.  Carlyle.  Seven- 
teenth annual  report  Wisconsin  Station  for  1900,  pp.  25-27. 

Rape  for  swine.  By  John  A.  Craig.  Fourteenth  annual  report  Wis- 
consin Station  for  1897,  pp.  80-81. 

Rape  for  swine,  Feeding  value  of.  By  W.  L.  Carlyle.  Eighteenth 
annual  report  Wisconsin  Station  for  1901,  pp.  59-67. 

Rape  versus  clover  for  growing  pigs.     By  W.  L.  Carlyle.     Fifteenth 

85 


annual  report  Wisconsin   Station  for  1898,  pp.  24-29.     Also  16th 

report,  1899,  pp.  25-30,  figs.  2. 

Ration  experiments  with  swine.    By  G.  E.  Morton.     Bull.  74,  Wyom- 
ing Agr.  Exp.  Station,  May,  1907,  pp.  18,  figs.  3. 
•v.  Rations  for  fattening  swine.     By  B.  E.  Carmichael.     Bull.  209,  Ohio 

Agr.  Exp.  Station,  Aug.,  1909,  pp.  71-89. 
Rations  on  the  development  of  swine,  Specific  effects  of.     By  E.  B. 

Forbes.     Bull.  213,  Ohio  Agr.  Exp.  Station,  Dec.,  1909,  pp.  235-305. 
Razorback  with  cross-bred  Razorback  and  improved  breeds  of  hogs, 

The   results   of  a  feeding  trial  comparing.     By  W.    L.   Carlyle. 
Nineteenth    annual    report   Wisconsin    Station    for    1902,   pp.   33-41, 

figs.  4. 
Roots  and  other  succulent  food  for  swine.     By  C.  S.   Plumb.     Bull. 

82,  Indiana  Station,  March,  1900,  pp.  93-106. 

Roots  as  food  for  pigs.    By  C.  S.  Plumb  and  H.  E.  Van  Norman.     In- 
diana Station,  Bull.  79,  June,  1899,  pp.  53-62. 
Shelled  corn  and  corn  meal  for  fattening  pigs,  Relative  value  of.     By 

W.  A.   Henry  and   D.   H.  Otis.     Bull.  145,  Wisconsin  Agr.   Exp. 

Station,  Jan.,  1907,  pp.  16. 
Shorts,  bran  and  corn  meal  compared  as  food  for  young  pigs.    By  E. 

M.  Shelton  and  H.  M.  Cottrell.     Report  Kansas  Station,  1889,  pp. 

65-78.     Also  bulletin  9,  Dec.,  1889. 
Silage  for  hogs.     By  D.  O.  Nourse.     Bull.  68,  Virginia  Station,  Sept., 

1896,  pp.   101-105. 

Sorghum  seed  meal  as  pig  feed.  By  W.  A.  Henry.  First  annual  re- 
port Wisconsin  Station  for  1883,  pp.  27-31. 

Soy  beans,  middlings  and  tankage  as  supplemental  feeds  in  pork  pro- 
duction. By  J.  H.  Skinner.  Bull.  108,  Indiana  Station,  July,  1905, 
pp.  15-32,  illustrated. 

Stock  food  for  pigs.  By  James  W.  Wilson  and  H.  G.  Skinner.  Bull. 
105,  South  Dakota  Agr.  Exp.  Station,  Feb.,  1908,  pp.  300-317. 

Stock  foods  on  the  digestibility  of  a  corn  ration  fed  to  swine,  Influ- 
ence of.  By  Louis  G.  Michael  and  W.  J.  Kennedy.  Bull.  113, 
Iowa  Agr.  Exp.  Station,  March,  1910,  pp.  78-119,  fig.  2  and  chart. 

Swill  fed  hogs,  Powdered  soap  as  a  cause  of  death  among.  By 
Veranus  A.  Moore.  Bull.  141,  Cornell  Univ.  Exp.  Station,  Nov., 

1897,  pp.  75-84. 

Swine:  breeding,  feeding  and  management.  By  William  Dietrich. 
Chicago,  111.:  Sanders  Pub.  Co.,  1910,  pp.  312,  figs.  36.  Cloth,  14x 
20  cm.  Well  worth  studying. 

Swine  husbandry.  By  F.  D.  Coburn.  A  practical  manual  for  the 
breeding,  rearing  and  management  of  swine  and  the  prevention 
and  treatment  of  their  diseases.  New  York:  Orange  Judd  Com- 
pany, n.  d.,  pp.  275,  illustrated,  19  cm.  This  volume  was  copy- 
righted in  1877  and  several  editions  have  since  been  published. 
It  is  recognized  as  a  standard  American  work  on  swine. 

Swine  in  America:  A  text  book  for  the  breeder,  feeder  and  student. 
By  F.  D.  Coburn.  New  York:  Orange  Judd  Co.,  1909,  pp.  614, 
many  illustrations.  Cloth,  15.5x22.5  cm.  A  valuable  treatise  on 

86 


the   care  and   management  of  swine.     A   complete   revision  and 
rewriting  of  the  author's  work  on  Swine  Husbandry. 

Swine  industry  in  Ontario.  Bull.  149,  Ontario  Dept.  of  Agr.,  July, 
1906,  pp.  36. 

Tankage  as  a  food  for  pigs.  By  C.  S.  Plumb  and  H.  E.  Van  Norman. 
Bull.  90,  Indiana  Station,  October,  1901,  pp.  205-216. 

Tankage  for  hogs  in  cattle  feed  lots.  By  B.  E.  Carmichael,  Circ.  73, 
Ohio  Agric.  Exp.  Station,  Oct.  1,  1907,  pp.  4. 

Tankage  for  swine,  Digester.  By  R.  S.  Shaw.  Bull.  237,  Michigan 
Agr.  Exp.  Station,  May,  1906,  pp.  149-160. 

Water  in  slop  fed  fattening  pigs,  On  the  amount  of.  By  C.  S.  Plumb 
and  H.  E.  Van  Norman.  Bull.  86,  Indiana  Station,  Dec.,  1900, 
pp.  151-158. 

Weaning,  Experiments  with  pigs  before  and  after.  By  W.  A.  Henry. 
Sixth  annual  report  Wisconsin  Station  for  1888-89,  pp.  24-31. 
Also  reports  for  1890,  pp.  42-52;  and  1897,  pp.  20-28. 

Wheat  and  corn  as  food  for  pigs.  By  C.  S.  Plumb  and  W.  B.  An- 
derson. Bull.  67,  Indiana  Station,  Dec.,  1897,  pp.  59-70. 

Wheat  as  a  food  for  fattening  hogs.  By  W.  A.  Henry.  Eleventh 
annual  report  Wisconsin  Station,  1893-94,  pp.  20-23. 

Wheat  as  a  food  for  swine.  By  W.  A.  Henry.  Twelfth  annual  report 
Wisconsin  Station  for  1895,  pp.  24-31. 

Wheat  compared  with  other  grains  for  pigs.  By  H.  R.  Smith.  Bull 
No.  75,  Nebraska  Station,  pp.  33-36. 

Wheat,  peas,  corn  and  barley,  when  mixed  with  bran  in  the  produc- 
tion of  pork,  The  relative  value  of.  By  A.  A.  Mills.  Bull.  No.  34, 
Utah  Exp.  Station,  pp.  10. 

Wheat  to  hogs,  Feeding.  By  E.  C.  Chilcott.  Bull.  38,  South  Dakota 
Station,  January,  1894,  pp.  16,  plates  v.  Cross  sections  of  car- 
casses of  hogs  are  shown,  to  bring  out  the  influence  of  the 
rations. 

Wheat  to  hogs,  Feeding.  By  W.  J.  Spillman.  Bull.  16,  Washington 
Station,  March,  1895,  pp.  12. 

Whey,  The  feeding  value  of.  By  W.  A.  Henry.  Eighth  annual  report 
Wisconsin  Station,  1891,  pp.  38-48.  Relates  to  pig  feeding.  Also 
bulletin  27,  April,  1891,  pp.  13. 

Winter  feeding  of  hogs.  Bull.  17,  Iowa  Station,  May,  1892,  pp.  385- 
388. 


WOOL. 

Carders'  vade  mecum,  The  wooL  By  William  Calvert  Bramwett. 
Third  edition,  revised  and  enlarged.  Boston:  Thayer  and  Wad- 
ham,  1881,  cloth,  pp,  396,  illustrated. 

Cultivation  of  wool,  Better.  By  Wm.  Brown.  Bull,  xxxi,  Ontario 
Agr.  College;  June  12,  1888,  pp.  7. 

Fiber:  The  structure  of  the  wool.  In  its  relation  to  use  of  wool  for 
technical  purposes.  By  F.  H.  Bowman,  D.  Sc.,  F.  R.  S.  E.,  F.  L. 
S.  Manchester:  Palmer  &  Howe.  London:  Simpkin,  Marshall  & 
Co.  Philadelphia:  Henry  Carey  Baird  &  Co.,  1885,  cloth,  pp. 
xviii-(-366,  numerous  plates  and  other  illustrations.  A  valuable 
reference  work. 

Production  and  marketing  of  wool.  By  Herbert  W.  Mumford.  Bull. 
178,  Jan.,  1900,  Michigan  Exp.  Station,  pp.  199-224.  Report  1900 
State  Board  Agriculture. 

Spinning,  Principles  of  worsted.  By  Howard  Priestman.  London: 
Longmans,  Green  &  Co.,  1906,  cloth,  pp.  x-(-302,  figs.  100  and  dia- 
grams. A  standard  authority. 

Spinning,  Woollen.  A  text  book  for  students  in  technical  schools 
and  colleges,  and  for  skillful  practical  men  in  woollen  mills.  By 
Charles  Vickerman.  London:  Macmillan  &  Co.,  and  New  York, 
1904,  cloth,  pp.  xii-f-352. 

Trade,  Romance  of  the  wool.  By  James  Bonwick.  London:  Griffith, 
Farran,  Okeden  and  Welsh,  1887,  pp.  472,  19J4  cm. 

Shrinkage  of  wool.  By  C.  F.  Curtiss.  Bull.  21,  Iowa  Station,  1893, 
pp.  775-777. 

Wool  and  wool  combing,  The  history  of.  By  James  Burnley.  Lon- 
don: Sampson  Low,  Marston,  Searle  and  Rivington,  1889,  cloth, 
pp.  xvi-f-487,  figs.  73.  A  volume  of  considerable  size,  containing  a 
discussion  of  the  technical  phases  of  woollen  manufacture. 

Woollen  and  worsted  cloth  manufacture.  Being  a  practical  treatise 
for  the  use  of  all  persons  employed  in  the  manipulation  of  textile 
fabrics.  By  Roberts  Beaumont,  M.  S.  A.  New  York:  John  Wiley 
&  Sons,  1888,  cloth,  pp.  xviii-f  391,  figs.  213.  The  author  is  lec- 
turer and  demonstrator  in  the  textile  industries  department  of 
the  Yorkshire  College,  Leeds,  England. 

Wool  combing,  Principles  of.  By  Howard  Priestman.  London: 
George  Bell  &  Sons,  1904,  cloth,  pp.  xii-j-272,  figs.  81.  An  author- 
ity on  this  subject. 

Wool  growing  and  the  tariff:  A  study  in  the  economic  history  of 
the  United  States.  By  Chester  Whitney  Wright,  Ph.  D.  Boston 
and  New  York:  Houghton,  Mifflin  &  Co.,  1910,  pp.  xii+362,  charts 
iv.  A  most  valuable  contribution  to  this  subject,  especially  in- 
teresting to  agricultural  students. 


88 


AUTHOR'S    INDEX 


A 

Brown,   W.,     9,  16, 

43,55,61,62, 

Abd-El-Kader,  E., 

48 

64,  65,  68,  73,  88 

Adams,  J.  W., 

66 

Brewer,  F.  W., 

27 

Adams,  L.  H., 

17,  78,  84 

Bruce,  J., 

71 

Adams,  Dr., 

24 

Bruce,  S.  D., 

13 

Adriance,  D., 

38 

Bryant,  A.  P., 

31,32 

Alexander,  A.  S.,     40,45, 

52,  54,  84 

Buckman,  H.  O., 

31 

Allen,  A.  B., 

6,  50,  52 

Buffum,   B.   C, 

27,  30,  57,  72,  82 

Allen,  E.  W., 

34 

Bugby,  W.  O., 

58 

Allen,  L.  R, 

14,18 

Burkett,  C.  W., 

45,  82 

Allen,  R.  L., 

66 

Burnett,    E.   A.,   9, 

11,20,30,33, 

Allison,  H.  O., 

11 

72,  79,  80,  82,  83 

Alvord,  H.  E., 

16,60 

Burnlev,  J., 

88 

Anderson,  A.  C., 

60,79 

Burtis,~F.  C, 

10,  11,  58,  66,  80 

Anderson,  E.  L., 

51,47 

Busbey,  H., 

53 

Anderson,  L., 

58,61 

c 

Anderson,  T., 
Anderson,  W.  B., 
Archer,  A.  H.4 
Armatage,  G., 
Armour,  J.  O., 
Armsby,  H.  P.,  29,31,32, 
37,  57,  60,  61, 
Armsby,  T.  L., 
Atkinson,  Dr., 
Atwater,   W.   O.,     30,31, 

34 

80,87 
75 
15 
56 
33,  34, 
63,  66,  78 
36 
22 
32,  35, 

Cady,  W.  B., 
Caine,  J.  T., 
Caldwell,  G.  C., 
Caldwell,  W.  H., 
Carey,  C.  A., 
Carey,  E.  A.. 
Carington,  E., 
Carlyle,  W.  L.,  11, 
69, 
79, 

59 
54 
37 
31,32,38,  59,78 
23,  28,  26,  55,  81 
22 
51 
16,  59,  61,  62, 
70,  72,  74,  76, 
80,  83,  84,  85,  86 

Atwood,  H., 
Axe,  J.   W.,                    47, 

36,  37,  61 
59,60 
66,  67,  85 

Carman,  Dr., 
Carmichael,  B.  E., 
Carmichael,  J., 

75 
62.  71,  86,  87 
48 

B 

Carrington,  W.  T., 

66,67 

Baillie-Grohman,  W.  A., 

77 

Carson,  J.  M., 

32 

Bates,  T., 

18 

Carson,  J.  W., 

10,80 

Beach,   C.    L.,           33,61, 

67,  81,  82 

Castle,  W.  E., 

41,42 

Beaumont,  R., 

88 

Cesaresco,  Count  Eugenio 

Beever,  W.  H., 

18 

Martinengo, 

50 

Bell,  T., 

18 

Chaubeau,  A., 

41 

Benedict,  F.  G., 

36 

Chilcott,  E.  C., 

71,  72,  87 

Benjamin,  S.  G.  W., 

15 

Clark,  R.  W., 

11,  59,  72 

Bently,  H.  A., 

18 

Clarke,  W.  J-, 

73,  75 

Biddell,  H., 

46 

Clay,  J.  Jr., 

69 

Bird,  J.  B., 

72,73 

Clayton,  J., 

59 

Billings,  F.  S., 

21 

Clothier,  R.  W., 

36 

Bisbee,  D.  B., 

57 

Cobb,  S., 

42 

Bitting,   A.    W.,             22, 

23,25,28 

Coburn,  F.  D., 

86 

Black,  J., 

14 

Cochel,  W.  A., 

9,  11,  80,  81 

Black,  W.  L., 

77 

Coffey,  W.  C., 

55 

Blakeslee,  O.  S., 

30 

Coleman,  J., 

12 

Bonwick,  J., 

88 

Collier,  P., 

53 

Boss,  A., 

55 

Comstock,  H., 

17 

Bouska,  F.  W., 

29 

Conn,  H.  W., 

28 

Bowman,  E.  H., 

88 

Connaway,  J.  W., 

M 

Brackett,  A.  C., 

47 

Connell,  J.  H., 

10,11 

Bramwell,  W.  C, 

88 

Conner.  C.  M., 

45 

Bray,  C.  I., 

9 

Cooke,  W.  W., 

72 

Brown,  G.  A., 

74 

Cormack,  D.  A., 

25 

89 


Cornell,  J.  H., 
Colton,  W.  E., 

59 
27 

E 
Eaton,  E.  M., 

59 

Cottrell,  H.  M.,  19, 

56,  58,  61,  79, 

Eckles,  C.  H., 

20,59 

81,85,86 

Edwards,  S.  F., 

67 

Cousins,  H.  H., 

35 

Elling,  O.  H., 

11 

Cowan,  J., 

68 

Elliott,  E.  E., 

83 

Cox,  H., 

12 

Emerson,  N.  B., 

52 

Craig,  H., 

44 

Emery,  F.  E., 

73 

Craig,  J.   A.,       10, 

31,  48,  66,  69, 

Erf,  O., 

10,67 

70,  71, 

72,  73,  74,  76,  85 

Ewart,  J.  C., 

42,55 

Craig,  J.  H., 

76 

Crisp,  H.  L., 

78 

F 

Croker,  E.  K., 

45 

Fain,  J.  R.,         19,30,38, 

57,  60,  61 

Crosby,  M.  A., 

37 

Farrington,  E.  H., 

64 

Culley,  G., 

13 

Fearnley,  W., 

48 

Curryer,  J.  O., 

47 

Fernald,  C.  H., 

27 

Curtice,  C., 

26 

Fiddler,  H.  J., 

62 

Curtiss,  C.  F.,     10, 

11,  19,  30,  35, 

Fife,  J.  B., 

55 

38,  45, 

56,  57,  58,  59, 

Fleming,  G., 

41,46 

70, 

71,  74,  80,  83,  88 

Flint,  C.  L., 

17 

Curtis,  G.  W., 

13,  32,  80 

Flower,  E.  T., 

44 

Curtis,  R.  S., 

81,88 

Flower,  W.  H., 

49 

Curzon,  L.  H., 

54 

Fields,  J., 

11,70 

Cutter,  W.  P., 

39 

Fischer,  R., 

21,26,28 

Forbes,  A., 

41 

D 

Forbes,   E.  B., 

36,  80,  86 

Darvill,  R., 

50 

Ford,  A., 

9,70 

Darwin,  C., 
Daumas,  E., 
Davenport,  C.  B., 

40,42 
48 
42 

Foster,  L., 
Fowler,  P.  P., 
Francis,  M.,              22,  23, 

72,85 
17 
24,  26,  27 

Davenport,    E., 
Davenport,  H., 

42,  45,  64,  65,  79 
44 

Fraps,  G.  S., 
Fraser,  S., 

32,38 
30 

Davidson,  J.  B., 

78 

Fraser,  W.  J., 

30,  60,  64 

Davis,  R.  H., 

50 

Fream,  W., 

66 

Davis,  T.  R., 

65 

Frear,  W.,                      31, 

38,63,78 

Dawson,  Dr.  C.  T., 

26 

Frederick,  H.  J., 

54 

Day,  G.  E., 

34,  62,  79 

French,  H.  T., 

68,  79,  85 

Dav,  W., 

47,50 

Frost,  S.  T., 

40 

Dean,  H.  H., 

67 

Fuller,  J.  G., 

37 

De  Grey,  T., 
De  Hurst,  C., 

48 
48 

Fulmer,  E., 
Fulton,  A.  W., 

32 
56 

Detmers,  H.  J., 

21,22,26 

De  Voe,  T.  F., 

55 

G 

De  Vries,  H., 

43 

Gain,  J.  H., 

23 

Dickson,  Dr., 

22 

Galton,  F., 

42 

Dickson,  R.  W., 

66 

Gamgee,  J., 

17 

Dietrich,  W., 

55,  79,  83,  84,  86 

Garrigus,  H.  L., 

81,82 

Dimon,  J., 

44 

Gay,  C.  W., 

41 

Dinsmore,  S.  C., 

32 

Geddes,  P., 

43 

Dinwiddie,  R.  R., 

21,81 

Georgeson,  C.  C.,         10, 

11,  66,  80 

Ditmars,  H.  J., 

21 

Gibson,  H., 

74 

Dixon,  S., 

46 

Gilbert,  G., 

66 

Dodge,  Col.  T.  A., 

51 

Gilbert,  Dr.  J.  H., 

31,33 

Dorset,  M., 

73 

Gilbert,  T., 

67 

Dotie,  S.  W., 

38 

Gilbey,  Sir  W.,  44,  46,  50, 

51,  52,  54 

Douglas,  C.  I., 

46 

Gillette,  C.  P., 

25,70 

Douglas,  L.  M., 

85 

Gilliland,  S.  H., 

29 

Druid,  The, 

50,52 

Gilmore  J.  W., 

30 

Duggar,  J.  F., 

59,  80,  83,  85 

Giltner,  W., 

23 

Du  Hays.  C., 

50 

Glover,  A.  J., 

60 

Dykes,   T., 

12,46 

Glover,  G.  H., 

29 

90 


Gocher,  W.  H., 

54 

Hoffman,  C., 

29 

Goddard,  L.  H., 

58 

Holcomb,  Dr., 

24 

Good,  E.  S., 

25,33 

Holder,  G.   K., 

11 

Goodale,  S.  L., 

42 

Holler,  G.  L., 

11 

Goodwin,  J.  S., 

14 

Hopkins,  C.  G., 

32,  78,  84 

Goodwin,  W., 

34 

Hopper,  H.  A., 

62 

Goss,  L.  W., 

25 

Houseman,  W., 

15 

Grange,  E.  A.  A., 

22,  23,  24,  44 

Howden,  P., 

46 

Grant,  C.  McP., 

12 

Hoxie,  S., 

16 

Gray,  D.  T., 

69,  74,  83 

Huidekoper,  Dr.  R.  S..           24.65 

Graybill,  H.  W., 

26 

Hummel,  J.  A., 

30 

Griffin,  H.   H., 

72 

Humphrey    G.  C., 

40,  58,  67 

Griffith,  C.  J., 

30,57,  72,  82 

Hunt,  C.  L., 

55 

Griffiths,  D., 

30,37 

Hunt,  T.  F., 

19,32 

Grisdale,  J.  H., 

78,79 

Hunziker,  O.  F., 

62 

Guenon,  F., 

16 

Hutchison.  R., 

48 

Guenon,  F.  R., 

17 

Huth,  H.  H., 

54 

Gulley,  F.  A., 

33 

J 

H 

Jardine,  Sir  W., 

68 

Haecker,  A.  L., 

19,  20,  60,  67 

Jarnagin,   M.    P., 

30,  60,  61 

Haecker,   T.    L., 

36,  37,  38,  57, 

Jenter,  C.  G., 

32,36 

59,  60,  62 

Johnson,  S., 

64 

Hall,  F.  H., 

29 

Johnstone,  J.  H.  S., 

46 

Hallock,  C, 

18 

Jones,  B.  K., 

38 

Hand,  T.  J., 

16 

Jordan,  W.   H., 

32,  33,  36 

Haney,   J.    G., 

11,  19,  81 

Harbaugh,   Dr., 

22,24 

K 

Harding,  H.  A., 

29 

Kellner,  O., 

34 

Hare,  R.  F., 

30,37 

Kellogg,  P.  C, 

53 

Haring,  C.  M., 

28 

Kellogg,  V.  L., 

40 

Harrington,   H.   H 

32,  38 

Kendall,  G.  H., 

75 

Harris,  J., 

83 

Kennedy,  P.  B., 

32 

Harris,  R.  T., 

63 

Kennedy,   W.   J.,     28, 

33,  48,  54, 

Hart,  E.  B., 

36,37 

71, 

76,  80,  82.  86 

Harting,  J.  E., 

65 

Kent,  D.  A.,  19,  30,  35, 

38,  58,  59,  83 

Hartwell,  B.  L., 

33 

Kent,  J., 

50 

Hastings,  E.  G., 

28 

Kent,  F.  L., 

38 

Hawkesworth,  A., 

69 

Kildee,  H.   H., 

54,71 

Haxton,  J., 

17 

King,  F.  H., 

64,  68,  78 

Hayes,  A.  A.,  Jr., 

17,76 

King,  M.  L., 

78 

Hayes,  J.  L., 

75 

King,  W., 

23 

Hayes,  M.  H., 

50,51 

Kingscote,  Sir  Nigel, 

51 

Hayward.  H., 

19,  57,  59,  62 

Kinsley,   A.   T., 

21,26,  39 

Hayden,  C.  C, 

30 

Kinzer,  R.  J., 

10 

Hazard,  W.  P., 

17 

Klein,  L.  A., 

27 

Helder,  G.  K., 

11 

Knight,  H.  G., 

32,70 

Heath,  H.  A., 

75 

Knowlton,  J.   C., 

52 

Henderson,  J.  T., 

15 

Koch,  A.   E., 

70 

Henneberg,  W., 

72 

Krauss,  F.  G., 

67 

Henry,  W.   A.,  10, 

16,  32,  34,  57, 

Krum,  H.  J., 

46,51 

58,  63,  71,  72, 

74,  76,  78,  79, 

Kyle,  H.  C, 

11 

80,  81,  82, 

83,  84,  85,  86,  87 

Hepner,  F.  E., 

32,70 

L 

Herbert,  W.  H., 

46 

Lake,  E.  R., 

83 

Hess,  E.  H., 

57 

Lamson,  H.  H., 

16,28 

Hickman,  J.  F., 

29,35 

Lane,  C.  B., 

62 

Hickman,  R.  W., 

65 

Langworthy,  C.  F., 

50,55 

Hinebauch,  T.  D., 

25,45 

Lantz,  D.  E., 

65 

Hills,  J.  L., 

28,  34,  57 

Law,  J., 

22,  24,  27,  28 

Hiltner,  R.  S., 

25 

Lawes,  J.  B.,            18, 

31,32,33,34 

91 

Le  Cornu,  C.  P., 

17 

Milburn,  M.  M., 

18 

Le   Couture,   Col., 

17 

Miles,   M., 

43,78 

Leighton,  F.  A., 

57 

Mills,  A.  A., 

10,  30,  45,  85,  87 

Lewis,    L.    L.,           21, 

23,  24,  26,  28 

Mills,  W., 

65 

Liautard,    Dr., 

24 

Miller,   H.   H., 

76 

Lindsey,  J.  B., 

38,59 

Miller,   H.   P., 

76 

Linfield,   F.   B.,  19,  58, 

62,  64,  75, 

Miller,  T.  L., 

16 

81,83 

Milne,  J., 

14 

Linsley,  D.  C, 

49 

Milner,   R.   D., 

32 

Linsley,  J.  S., 

17 

Minto,  J., 

75 

Little,  E.  M., 

67 

Mishner,  Dr., 

24 

Lock,  R.  H., 

43 

Mohler,  J.   R.,     21, 

22,  23,  24,  27,  29 

Long,  J., 

12,79 

Moore,  E.  L., 

25,29 

Low,  D., 

12 

Moore,  J.  S., 

62 

Lowe,  C.  B.. 

45 

Moore,  V.  A., 

29 

Lowe,  Dr., 

22 

Morgan,  T.  H., 

42 

Lyman,  C.  E., 

71 

Morrell,  L.  A., 

69 

Morrow,    G.    E., 

9,  36,  82 

M 

Morse,  F.  W., 

19,57,  82 

McCollum,  E.  V., 
McConnell,  T.   F.,  32, 

37 
69,  74,  79,  83 

Morton,  G.  E., 
Morton,  J., 

11,  70,  74,  86 
76 

McCoy,  J.  G., 
MacCurdy,  H., 

15 
42 

Moscrop,  W.  J., 
Muir,  J., 

9 

76 

MacDonald,  A., 

12 

Mullenix,   R.   C., 

42 

MacDonald,   J., 
MacDonald,   C., 
McDonald,  G.  D.  F., 

16,55 
12 
15 

Murray,  A.  J., 
Murray,    G., 
Mumford,  F.  B., 

15,22 
46,  66,  67 

75 

MacDougal,  D.  T., 

43 

Mumford,  H.  W., 

11,  15,  20,  33, 

Mack,  W.  B., 

21 

36, 

37,  55,  69,  70,  88 

Maiden,  Prof., 

12,85 

Malone,  J.  S., 

80 

N 

Mairs,  T.  L, 

10,  38,  57 

Nelson,    S.    B., 

23,  68,  73 

Mairs,  W.  J., 

34 

Niles,  E.  P.,  21,  24, 

25,  26,  27,  66,  68 

Magne,  J.  H., 

17,19 

Niles,  E.  T., 

22 

Mansell,  A., 

73 

Niles,  W.   B., 

21,  23,  24,  25,  28 

Marey,  E.  J., 

67 

Norton,  H.  W., 

19,39 

Marshall,  F.  R.,  9,  10, 

21,27,31, 

Nourse,  D.  O.,     9, 

10,  36,  52,  82,  86 

48,  76,  81,  82 

O 

Martin,  G.  A., 

46 

Obrecht,  R.  C, 

51 

Martin,  W.  C.  L., 

84 

Ocock,  C.  A., 

68 

Marvin,  C., 

53 

Osborn,  H.  F., 

45 

Mascal,  L., 

14 

Oswald,  E.  I., 

30 

Mason,  C.  J., 

67 

Otis,    D.    H.,    9,  10 

11,  19,  58,  66, 

Mayo,  N.  S.,       21,  22, 

24,  25,  26,  28 

79,  80,  81,  86 

Melvin,  A.  D., 

24 

Menault,  E., 

66 

P 

Menzies,  G., 

55 

Paige,  J.   B., 

25,28 

Merrill,  L.  A., 

72,85 

Parian.  S.  W., 

53 

Merwin,  H.  C., 

51 

Patrick,  G.   E.    19 

38,  58,  59,  83,  84 

McCarthy,  H.  C., 

56 

Patter,  A.  J.± 

36 

McCombie,  W., 

14 

Patterson,  H.  J., 

78 

McCulloch,  C., 

18,26 

Pearson,  Dr.   L., 

22,  24,  29 

McDonald,  W.  T., 

81 

Pegler,  H.  S.  H., 

77 

McDowell,  N.  S., 

10 

Peters,  A.  T., 

21,  22,  25 

McLean,  J.  A., 

11 

Peters,  A.  J., 

24 

McNeilage,  A., 

46 

Phelps,  C.  S.,     29, 

36,  38,  61,  62,  70 

McTurk,  R., 

76 

Plumb,    C.    S.,     10, 

13,  14,  19,  55, 

Merrill,   L.   A., 

45 

62,  64, 

78,  79,  80,  86,  87 

Merwin,  H.  C., 

55 

Powers,  S., 

73 

Michael,   L.  A., 

31,38,86 

Priestman,  H., 

88 

Michels,  J., 

58 

Pringle,  R.  O., 

67 

92 


Q 

Shaw,  R.  S.,               38,39, 

60,  63,  79 

Shaw.   T.,        12,17,33,37, 

40,  69, 

Quick,  W.  J., 

59 

70,  71,  72,  74,  75,  79, 

80,  81,  83 

Quincy,  E., 

38 

Sheldon  Prof., 

12 

Quincy,  J., 

58 

Shelton,   E.  M., 

61,85,86 

Quereau,  F.  C, 

11 

Shelton,  W., 

11 

R 

"Shepherd  Boy", 

75 

Radcliffe,  J.  B., 

44 

Shepard,  S.  M., 

84 

Randall,   H.   S., 

73,  74,  75 

Shepperd,  J.   H.,     36,51, 

54,  62, 

Rane,  F.  W., 

16,38 

70,  71,  81 

Ransom,  B.  H., 

25,27 

Sherer,  J., 

23 

Rarey,  J.  S., 

52 

Shoesmith,  V.  M., 

36 

Reed,  C, 

37 

Short,  A.  K., 

81 

Reeves,  J.  H., 

49 

Short,   F.   G., 

58,78 

Remington,  F., 

50 

Sidney,  S., 

44,85 

Repp,  J.  J-, 

24 

Simmons,  P.  L., 

65 

Reynolds,  M.  H-, 

28 

Sinclair,    J., 

16,  18,  75 

Reynolds,   R.  S., 

44 

Skeavington,   G., 

23 

Ribot,  Th., 

41 

Skellett,  E., 

22 

Rice,  J., 

54 

Skinner,  H.  G., 

72,86 

Rich,  F.  A., 

28 

Skinner,  J.  H.,           9,  11, 

80,  81,  86 

Richards,  W.  B., 

81,85 

Smith,  A., 

9 

Richardson,  G.   G., 

65 

Smith,   C.   D.,                 30, 

58,  59,  70 

Ridgeway,  W., 

53 

Smith,  F., 

52 

Ridgeway,  J.  W., 

69,  74,  83 

Smith,  G.  H., 

29 

Riley,   H., 

67 

Smith,  H.  R.,  9,  11,  20,  31, 

33,  34, 

Risser,  A.  K., 

33 

79,  81,  87 

Robbins,   E.  T., 

28,  54,  71,  88 

Smith,  Lieut.  Col.  C.  H., 

49 

Robert,  J.  C., 

21,  24,  26 

Smith,  Theobald, 

22 

Roberts,  I.  P.,  37,38, 

46,  62,  71,  72, 

Smith,  Dr., 

22 

74 

Smythe,  E.  A., 

24 

Roberts,  J., 

18 

Snyder,    H., 

30,37 

Robison,  F.  W., 

38 

Snyder,  W.  P., 

84 

Robinson,  L., 

43 

Sotham,  W., 

16 

Robinson,  R.  E., 

74 

Soule,   A.    M.,      15,38,57, 

60,  61,  62 

Rommel,  G.  M.,       40,41,49,68,84 

Speed,  J.  G., 

44,47 

Rosa,  E.  B., 

30 

Spencer,  H., 

40 

Rosenau,  M.  J., 

23 

Spencer,  J., 

24,  25,  29 

Rushworth,   Dr.  W. 

A.,                76 

Spencer,    S., 

66.  67,  85 

Russell,  H.  L., 

28,  29 

Spillman,  W.  J., 

34,87 

Rutherford,  J.  G., 

15 

Splan,  J., 

53 

Spooner,  W.  C., 

75 

Stalker,  M., 

28 

Salmon,    Dr.    D.    E., 

22,23,25,27, 

Stephens,    H., 

67 

29,75 

Stevens,  A., 

84 

Sanborn,  J.  W.,  9,38 

,  39,  45,  51, 

Stevenson,  C., 

45 

54,  68,  81,  83 

Stewart,  E.  W., 

33 

Sanders,  A.  H., 

18 

Stewart,  H., 

73,76 

Sanders,  J.  H., 

12,44 

Stewart,  J., 

52 

Savage,  E.  S., 

19,62 

Stewart,   J.    H., 

58,60 

Schroeder,  E.  E., 

27 

Stewart,  N.  P., 

70 

Schoenleber,  F.  S., 

23 

Stiles,  C.  W., 

25 

Scott,  C., 

69 

Stockbridge,  H.  E., 

35 

Scott,  H., 

69 

Stillman,  J.  D.  B., 

49 

Scott,   J.    M., 

9,  10,  82 

Stocking,  W.  A.  Jr., 

60,67 

Scott,  J., 

69 

Stone,  J.  L., 

30,37 

Seller,  W., 

67 

Storer,  J., 

18 

Sharpless,  C.  L., 

17 

Strange,  C.  H., 

27 

Shaw,  E.  L., 

80 

Strangeways,  T., 

19 

Shaw,  G.  W., 

31 

Styles,  Dr., 

22,24 

Shaw,  R.  A., 

87 

Sturtevant,  E.  L., 

14,25 

93 


Sturrock,  A., 

14 

Ware,  F.  M., 

52 

Sturtevant,  J.  N., 

14 

Ware,  L.   S., 

31 

Sutherland,  C  L., 

48 

Warfield,  W., 

40 

Sutherland,  W., 

75 

Waring,  G.  E.  Jr.,         17, 

49,  52,  53 

Sutton,  J.  B., 

41 

Warren,   G.    F., 

37 

Washburn,    H.  J., 

22,  27,  29 

T 

Waters,   H.  J., 

11,  36,  59 

Tailby,  G.  W.f 

19 

Waterman,  G.  A., 

23 

Tanner,  H., 

14 

Watson,  G.  C.,         10,  12, 

70,  72,  82 

Tattersall,  E., 

51 

Weismann,  A., 

41 

Tegetmeier,  W.  B., 

48 

Weld,  M.  C, 

50 

Thompson,  J.   F., 

77 

Weld,  R.  J., 

36,  57,  59 

Thomson,  J.  A., 

41,43 

Westgate,  J.  M., 

30 

Thomson,  R.  D., 

35 

Westminster,   Duke  of, 

51 

Thomson,  R.  J., 

35 

Wheeler,  G.  C, 

10 

Thornber,  W.  T., 

71 

Wheeler,  W.  P., 

62 

Thorne,  C.  E., 

28 

Whitcher,   G.    H.,  31,33, 

34,  59,  78, 

Thorpe,  T.   B., 

47,  50 

82 

Tilson,  P.   S., 

38 

White,  P.  J, 

37 

Tracy,  S.  M., 

84 

Whyte,  J.  C., 

54 

Trotter,  W.  R., 

46 

Withycombe, 

39,  68,  83 

Trueman,  J.   M., 

57,58 

Wilkeson,  F.. 

17 

Trumbar,   Dr., 

22,24 

Willard,  J.  T., 

36,37 

Twaddle,  Dr., 

17 

Williams,  C.  G., 

30 

Williams,    T., 

67 

U. 

Wing,    H.    H.,      16,30,59, 

60,  61, 

Underhill,  F.   F., 

45 

62,71 

Usher,  J., 

69 

Wing,    J.    E., 

75,  76 

Wilson,  E.R., 

42,43 

V 

Wilson,  J.,     10,  19,  35,  37, 

38,  45, 

Van  Es,  L.,               21,23, 

25,  28,  38 

56,  57,  58,  59,  64, 

70,  83,  84 

Van  Houton,  O.  C., 

30 

Wilson,  John, 

73 

Van  Norman,  H.  E., 

86,87 

Wilson,  J.  W., 

70,  72,  86 

Von  Wolff,  E., 

35 

Woll,    F.    W.,    31.36,57, 

58,  59, 

Van  Slyke,   L.   L., 

60 

60,  61,  62, 

63,  67,  84 

Vasey,  A., 

14 

Woodruff,  H., 

53 

Vernon,  J.  J., 

10,82 

Wood,  A.  H., 

59 

Vickerman,   C., 

88 

Woods,  C.  D.,     32,  36,  37, 

55,  61,  70 

Vincenheller,  W.  G., 

26 

Woods,  E.  D., 

35 

Wright,  C.  W., 

88 

Wrightson,  J., 

74 

Waldron,  L.  R., 

38 

Walker,  J., 

85 

Y 

Wallace,    R.,                  12, 

41,  47,  65 

Youatt,  W.,                     15, 

46,  76,  84 

Walley,  T., 

66 

Walsh,  J.  H., 

47 

Z 

Walter,   H.   E., 

42 

Zavitz,  C.   A., 

71,72 

Ward,  A.   R., 

28 

Zink,   C.    H., 

19 

94 


UNIVERSITY    OF   CALIFORNIA 
BRANCH    OF    THE    COLLEGE    OF    AGRICULTURE 


THIS  BOOK  IS  DUE  ON  THE  LAST  DATE 
STAMPED  BELOW 


3rn-9,'30 


310995 

Plumb 


Stock  and  stock- 1) reed- 
ing. 


Z5074 

L7 

P6 


25m-4,'15 


